65
MEDNARODNA MATURA Šola, ki odpre vsa vrata

MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    3

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNAMATURA

Šola ki odpre vsa vrata

KAZALO

1 UVOD

2 CILJI PROGRAMA MEDNARODNE MATURE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE V SVETU

4 PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE NA II GIMNAZIJI

41 Razširjeni esej (EE - Extended essay)42 TOK na II gimnaziji Maribor43 CAS na II gimnaziji Maribor

5 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE

6 OCENJEVANJE V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE POGOJI ZA PRIDOBITEV DIPLOME

7 MENTORSTVO 71 Opis dela razrednika72 Opis dela mentorjev (tutorjev)73 Opis dela svetovalne službe

8 VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

9 VPIS NA UNIVERZE

10 REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

Program mednarodne mature je bil na II gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990 Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom drugače zasnovan srednješolski program ki temelji na manjšem številu predmetov in poglobljenem delu Po začetnem ožjem naboru predmetov je razvoj programa omogočil širok nabor predmetov ki omogoča dijakom šolanje v skladu z njihovimi interesi in sposobnostmi Veliko vrednost prinašajo programu dijaki iz bivših jugoslovanskih republik in tuji dijakiDanes je program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor močno prepoznaven tako v Sloveniji kot v tujini Odlični rezultati dijakov uvrščajo šolo v sam vrh šol s programom mednarodne mature K temu veliko pripomorejo izjemni in prizadevni učitelji ter dobri pogoji delaProgram mednarodne mature na najboljši način sledi sloganu šole Šola ki odpre vsa vrata Nadpovprečni rezultati omogočajo dijakom vpis na prestižne univerze kot so Oxford Cambridge Imperial College London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University Milano itd Ambicioznost sposobnost sodelovanja z drugimi in visoka motiviranost za delo so pogoji za vpis v program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor Prepričan sem da številni med dijaki to imate in boste postali člani družine dijakov mednarodne mature

― mag IVAN LORENČIČ ravnatelj

Šola ki odpre vsa vrata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

4

CILJI PROGRAMA MEDNARODNE MATURE

5

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijakom želimo omogočiti

2ff vrhunsko in trajno znanje

ff šolanje v skladu z dijakovimi interesi in sposobnostmi

ff razvoj kritičnega mišljenja

ff samostojnost pri delu

ff odgovornost za svoje šolanje in rezultate

ff privzgojiti akademsko poštenost

ff pridobiti sposobnost pomagati marginalnim skupinam

ff razumevanje in tolerantnost drugačnosti

ff razvoj odgovornosti do okolja in razumevanje trajnostnega razvoja in

ff razumevanje nacionalne pripadnosti in umeščenosti v globalni svet

NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP koordinatorica

MEDNARODNA MATURA

6

PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE V SVETU

1 skupinaJezika in literaturamaterni jezik ali jezik A(SLO SR MAC BOS)Jezik Ajezik in literatura(AN)

bullTOKbullRAZŠIRJEN ESEJ

bullCAS

2 skupinaUsvajanje jezikaJezik B osnovna in višja raven(AN NE FR ŠP)

3 skupinaPosameznik in družbaEkonomijaFilozofijaPsihologijaZgodovina

6 skupinaUmetnost

Glasba

5 skupinaMatematika

(OR VR)

4 skupinaNaravoslovne

znanostiFizika

KemijaBiologija

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

7

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

3 2 LASTNOSTI IB-DIJAKANamen programa mednarodne mature je spodbujanje dijakovega čuta za mednarodno ozaveščenost humanitarnost in skrb za naš planet ter oblikovanje takšnih dijakov ki ustvarjajo boljši in mirnejši svetIB-dijak želi biti raziskovalen vedoželjen misleč komunikativen načelen svobodomiseln senzibilen in empatičen pripravljen tvegati miselno konstruktiven in sposoben refleksije

3 3 PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE (INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE)

Program je sestavljen iz šestih skupin predmetov II gimnazija Maribor ponuja naslednji nabor predmetov

ff 1 skupina ŠTUDIJ JEZIKA IN LITERATURE materni jezik ali jezik A - ponujamo program književnosti na osnovni in višji ravni z izbranimi poglavji iz svetovne književnosti (slovenska ruska srbska hrvaška bosanska ali makedonska) kot jezik A ponujamo tudi angleški jezik in literaturo

ff 2 skupina USVAJANJE JEZIKA jezik B na osnovni in višji ravni (angleščina nemščina francoščina španščina Ab Initio)

ff 3 skupina POSAMEZNIK IN DRUŽBA na osnovni in višji ravni (ekonomija psihologija filozofija in zgodovina)

ff 4 skupina naravoslovne znanosti na osnovni in višji ravni (fizika kemija biologija)

ff 5 skupina MATEMATIKA na osnovni in višji ravni ff 6 skupina UMETNOST (glasba gledališče) ali dodaten predmet iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine na osnovni in višji ravni

Dijak izbere en predmet iz vsake skupine ali en dodaten predmet iz šeste skupine (iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine) Ob tem morajo dijaki izdelati razširjeni esej (Extended Essay) obiskovati predmet Teorija vednosti (Theory of knowledge) in sodelovati pri ustvarjalnih in športnih dejavnostih ter socialnem delu (OIV) Delovni jezik pri pouku je angleščina razen pri maternem jeziku in jezikih v skupini 2 Predmeti na višji ravni obsegajo 5 ur pouka na teden (skupaj 175 ur v šolskem letu) na osnovni ravni pa 4 ure pouka na teden (skupaj 140 ur v šolskem letu) Razen šestih predmetov ki so obvezni za pridobitev diplome lahko dijaki opravljajo dodatne izpite iz enega ali več predmetov Tudi dijaki mednarodne mature zaključijo izobraževanje z maturitetnimi izpiti ob koncu drugega letnika v mesecu maju

3 1 IB MISELNOST OZ FILOZOFIJAIBO si prizadeva ustvariti program ki bi dijakom omogočal da bi se razvili v vedoželjne strpne in sočutne ljudi ki bi pomagali pri ustvarjanju lepšega sveta in miru v svetu z medkulturnim razumevanjem in spoštovanjem S tem namenom IBO sodeluje s šolami vladnimi in mednarodnimi organizacijami ki ji pomagajo pri razvijanju zahtevnih učnih programov na področju mednarodnega izobraževanja in pri natančnem ter temeljitem preverjanju znanja Ti programi po vsem svetu spodbujajo dijake k različnim aktivnostim razvijanju sočutja in vseživljenjskemu učenju pa tudi k razumevanju in sprejemanju drugih ali drugačnih ljudi

3

MEDNARODNA MATURA

8

MEDNARODNA MATURA PO PREDMETNIH SKUPINAH

9

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ANGLEŠČINA A JEZIK IN KNJIŽEVNOST (VIŠJAOSNOVNA RAVEN)

Pri predmetu je poudarek na kritičnem pristopu in interpretaciji pisnih in ustnih besedil s področja književnosti ter neleposlovnih zvrsti in ima štiri sklope Vsi štirje sklopi omogočajo dijakom učenje angleščine in književnosti povezano z njeno kulturo ter funkcionalno rabo preko medijskih oblik Tako dijaki razvijajo spretnost analiziranja književnih del in neleposlovnih besedil ter sposobnost njihove učinkovite interpretacije Najpomembnejši učni cilj je razvijanje kritične pismenosti Dijaki se učijo 6 literarnih del na višjem ter 4 dela na osnovnem nivoju iz nabora zvrsti literarnih obdobij in prostora Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis in Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband in Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMATIKA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino jezik in literatura višja in osnovna raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4PRVA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIK A MATERNI JEZIKZa vse slovenske dijake je slovenščina obvezen predmet in to na višjem nivojuV programu obravnavamo samo književnost jezikovno znanje se izkazuje le z rabo torej z lastnimi pisnimi in govornimi besedili Največja razlika glede na nacionalni program je ta da v središču ni široko podatkovno znanje o zgodovini književnosti pač pa natančen poglobljen študij manjšega števila izbranih literarnih del Ta dela ki niso vnaprej predpisana ndash učitelj jih izbira s širšega spiska možnih ndash pokrivajo različna obdobja smeri in literarne vrste Poudarek je na književnosti 20 stoletja Vsega skupaj v dveh letih obravnavamo 13 del Ob spoznavanju temeljnih sodobnejših slovenskih besedil program izpostavlja obravnavo del svetovne književnosti in s tem poudarja tudi vpogled v tuja kulturna okoljaDijaki pri pouku predvsem razvijajo veščine poglobljenega razumevanja literarnih besedil ter lastnega govornega in pisnega izražanja Vse to pokažejo tudi na večdelnem izpitu sestavljenem iz različnih esejskih besedil ter ustne predstavitve in komentarjaZa vse tuje dijake katerih materni jezik ni slovenščina se izva-jajo ure maternega jezika v manjših skupinah po 2 ali 3 ure na teden občasno pa tudi preko spleta Na II gimnaziji Maribor kot materni jezik ponujamo še naslednje predmete makedon-ščino bosanščino hrvaščino srbščino ruščino in angleščino Primer izbora literarnih del za slovenščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMATIKA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

MEDNARODNA MATURA

10

ANGLEŠČINA BTuji jeziki so obvezni del IB-programa ter jih nudimo na osnovni in višji ravni Obe ravni omogočata razvoj in krepitev govornih in pisnih jezikovnih veščin prav tako pa omogočata razvoj znanja in poznavanja kulture ciljnega jezika z uporabo avtentičnih literarnih in neliterarnih besedil II gimnazija Maribor nudi poučevanje različnih jezikov kot prvi in drugi tuji jezik po programih ki dijaka stimulirajo in mu hkrati predstavljajo akademski izziv Šola nudi jezike po dveh različnih programih in na različnih ravneh ter tako omogoča optimalni jezikovni in akademski razvoj dijaka Na začetku šolskega leta dijake razvrstimo po njihovih jezikovnih sposobnostih na osnovi diagnostičnega jezikovnega testa ter individualnega pogovora z dijakom Posebna vrlina poučevanja tujih jezikov na naši šoli so male skupine saj štejejo navadno 16 dijakov ali manj Šola nudi naslednje jezikovne programeAngleščina A Program Jezik in literatura (osnovna in višja raven) je predviden za tekoče naravne govorce angleščine ali tiste katerih jezikovno znanje se približa znanju naravnega govorca Dijaki ki uspešno opravijo ta predmet pridobijo dvojezični certifikat Biligual Diploma Ta jezikovni program nudimo samo v angleščini Jeziki B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini

DRUGA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIKI B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini Medtem ko je angleščina obvezni predmet je izbira med nemščino francoščino in španščino možna le če se za enega od teh predmetov odloči pet ali več dijakov v skupini Pristop pri poučevanju jezikov B je individualiziran dijaki z različno stopnjo predznanja pa tako lažje dosežejo želene rezultate (nekateri dijaki nimajo nobenega jezikovnega predznanja oz je le-to omejeno)

FRANCOŠČINA BProgram poučevanja francoščine kot drugi tuji jezik (French B) je določen s katalogom ki je enak za vse jezike opredeljene kot drugi tuji jezik Pomeni da so tematski sklopi pri francoščini B enaki kot pri zgoraj omenjeni nemščini B (trije osnovni sklopi in izbira dveh izmed petih dodatnih tem)Dijaki izbirajo med dvema ravnema osnovno in višjo V dvoletnem programu mednarodne mature dijaki razvijajo vse štiri kompetence bralno razumevanje slušno razumevanje pisno izražanje in govorno sporočanje V pouk vključimo tudi obravnavo dveh literarnih del (višja raven) Hkrati širijo in poglabljajo svoje znanje tako o francoski kulturi ter frankofonskih kulturah kot tudi o svoji lastni Posebnost poučevanja francoščine je v tem da pouk poteka v manjši skupini (vsaj 5) Pri tem je treba poudariti da se za francoščino v programu mednarodne mature odločijo tako slovenski dijaki kot tudi tujci (večinoma iz držav bivše Jugoslavije Srbija Črna Gora Makedonija) Ker je skupina razmeroma majhna se francoščino učimo na sproščen zanimiv in večkrat tudi individualiziran način Kako je to možno Zaradi prisotnosti tuje učiteljice za francoščino kar predstavlja še eno posebnost oz veliko dodano vrednost Se pravi da lahko z dijaki ki imajo morebiti kakšen primanjkljaj v znanju to hitro nadoknadimo v obliki individualnih ur (dijak in učitelj) In nasprotno z dijaki katerih znanje presega znanje preostalih v skupini lahko individualno delamo Poučevanje francoščine torej poteka v različnih oblikah timskega poučevanje med slovensko in tujo učiteljico Seveda pa tuja učiteljica tudi samostojno uči preverja in ocenjuje znanje

NEMŠČINA BNemščina na osnovni ali višji ravni je namenjena dijakom s predhodnim znanjem jezika Z učenjem jezika se dijaki učijo tudi o kulturah povezanih z njimOsnovna in višja raven se razlikujeta po poglobljenosti učnega načrta ter težavnostni stopnji pisnih in ustnih nalog za ocenjevanje Prav tako dijaki na višji ravni predelajo dve literarni deli Predmet vsebuje tematske sklope Trije osnovni in obvezni sklopi so komunikacija in mediji globalni problemi in družbeni odnosi Ob teh pa učitelj izbere še dve izmed petih možnih dodatnih tem ki so kulturna raznolikost navade in običaji zdravje prosti čas ter znanost in tehnologija

11

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ŠPANŠČINA Ab Initio (osnovna raven)Španščina Ab Initio je program ki je namenjen dijakom brez (večjega) predznanja iz španskega jezika Ab Initio v latinščini pomeni Od začetka Gre seveda za pospešeno učenje španščine saj je cilj dvoletnega programa zastavljen zelo ambiciozno dijaki namreč pridobijo vse potrebne veščine za sporazumevanje v vsakdanjih situacijah pri tem pa razvijajo jezikovne kompetence na vseh štirih področjih torej pri branju pisanju poslušanju in govorjenju Program temelji na treh splošnih tematskih sklopih posameznik in družba prosti čas in delo mestno in podeželsko okolje Vsak sklop pa vključuje teme ki so povezane z našim vsakdanjikom posameznik izobraževanje in delo mesto in javne ustanove hrana in pijača prosti čas in potovanja okolje zdravje in zdravniška pomoč hellipKončni izpit je sestavljen iz dveh delov pisni del ki je zunanji ter ustni del ki je interne narave Zakaj izbrati Spanish Ab InitioDandanes je španščina eden od najbolj govorjenih jezikov na svetu S približno 500 milijoni vseh govorcev je za kitajščino drugi najbolj govorjeni jezik Za angleščino je španščina drugi jezik na svetu po številu ljudi ki se ta jezik učijo Prav tako je za angleščino drugi

najbolj uporabljan jezik v mednarodni komunikaciji na internetu pa po uporabi za angleščino in kitajščino zaseda tretje mesto Na socialnih omrežjih je španščina med najbolj uporabljanimi jeziki (na Twitterju zaseda celo drugo mesto takoj za angleščino)ob trem je španščina uradni jezik v Španiji in še v 20 državah Latinske Amerike od Mehike do Argentine Prav tako je manjšinski jezik v državah kot so ZDA Kanada Belize Andora Maroko in Ekvatorialna GvinejaNikakor pa ne gre pozabiti tudi bogate kulturne dediščine ki jo preko španščine lahko spoznamo v njeni prvotni obliki Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral in Isabel Allende so špansko govorečih literati ki so nedvomno pustili velik pečat v svetovni književnosti In prav lepo je prigode najbolj znanega viteza Don Kihota brati v originalu Na neki način nam čarobnost španskega jezika približajo danes tudi mnogi filmski umetniki kot na primer Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar in Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Nenazadnje pa je španski jezik tudi vedno bolj priljubljen med mladimi po svetu in zaradi tega se veča tudi njegova raba pri medkulturnem spoznavanju in sporazumevanju

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 2: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

KAZALO

1 UVOD

2 CILJI PROGRAMA MEDNARODNE MATURE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE V SVETU

4 PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE NA II GIMNAZIJI

41 Razširjeni esej (EE - Extended essay)42 TOK na II gimnaziji Maribor43 CAS na II gimnaziji Maribor

5 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE

6 OCENJEVANJE V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE POGOJI ZA PRIDOBITEV DIPLOME

7 MENTORSTVO 71 Opis dela razrednika72 Opis dela mentorjev (tutorjev)73 Opis dela svetovalne službe

8 VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

9 VPIS NA UNIVERZE

10 REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

Program mednarodne mature je bil na II gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990 Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom drugače zasnovan srednješolski program ki temelji na manjšem številu predmetov in poglobljenem delu Po začetnem ožjem naboru predmetov je razvoj programa omogočil širok nabor predmetov ki omogoča dijakom šolanje v skladu z njihovimi interesi in sposobnostmi Veliko vrednost prinašajo programu dijaki iz bivših jugoslovanskih republik in tuji dijakiDanes je program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor močno prepoznaven tako v Sloveniji kot v tujini Odlični rezultati dijakov uvrščajo šolo v sam vrh šol s programom mednarodne mature K temu veliko pripomorejo izjemni in prizadevni učitelji ter dobri pogoji delaProgram mednarodne mature na najboljši način sledi sloganu šole Šola ki odpre vsa vrata Nadpovprečni rezultati omogočajo dijakom vpis na prestižne univerze kot so Oxford Cambridge Imperial College London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University Milano itd Ambicioznost sposobnost sodelovanja z drugimi in visoka motiviranost za delo so pogoji za vpis v program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor Prepričan sem da številni med dijaki to imate in boste postali člani družine dijakov mednarodne mature

― mag IVAN LORENČIČ ravnatelj

Šola ki odpre vsa vrata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

4

CILJI PROGRAMA MEDNARODNE MATURE

5

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijakom želimo omogočiti

2ff vrhunsko in trajno znanje

ff šolanje v skladu z dijakovimi interesi in sposobnostmi

ff razvoj kritičnega mišljenja

ff samostojnost pri delu

ff odgovornost za svoje šolanje in rezultate

ff privzgojiti akademsko poštenost

ff pridobiti sposobnost pomagati marginalnim skupinam

ff razumevanje in tolerantnost drugačnosti

ff razvoj odgovornosti do okolja in razumevanje trajnostnega razvoja in

ff razumevanje nacionalne pripadnosti in umeščenosti v globalni svet

NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP koordinatorica

MEDNARODNA MATURA

6

PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE V SVETU

1 skupinaJezika in literaturamaterni jezik ali jezik A(SLO SR MAC BOS)Jezik Ajezik in literatura(AN)

bullTOKbullRAZŠIRJEN ESEJ

bullCAS

2 skupinaUsvajanje jezikaJezik B osnovna in višja raven(AN NE FR ŠP)

3 skupinaPosameznik in družbaEkonomijaFilozofijaPsihologijaZgodovina

6 skupinaUmetnost

Glasba

5 skupinaMatematika

(OR VR)

4 skupinaNaravoslovne

znanostiFizika

KemijaBiologija

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

7

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

3 2 LASTNOSTI IB-DIJAKANamen programa mednarodne mature je spodbujanje dijakovega čuta za mednarodno ozaveščenost humanitarnost in skrb za naš planet ter oblikovanje takšnih dijakov ki ustvarjajo boljši in mirnejši svetIB-dijak želi biti raziskovalen vedoželjen misleč komunikativen načelen svobodomiseln senzibilen in empatičen pripravljen tvegati miselno konstruktiven in sposoben refleksije

3 3 PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE (INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE)

Program je sestavljen iz šestih skupin predmetov II gimnazija Maribor ponuja naslednji nabor predmetov

ff 1 skupina ŠTUDIJ JEZIKA IN LITERATURE materni jezik ali jezik A - ponujamo program književnosti na osnovni in višji ravni z izbranimi poglavji iz svetovne književnosti (slovenska ruska srbska hrvaška bosanska ali makedonska) kot jezik A ponujamo tudi angleški jezik in literaturo

ff 2 skupina USVAJANJE JEZIKA jezik B na osnovni in višji ravni (angleščina nemščina francoščina španščina Ab Initio)

ff 3 skupina POSAMEZNIK IN DRUŽBA na osnovni in višji ravni (ekonomija psihologija filozofija in zgodovina)

ff 4 skupina naravoslovne znanosti na osnovni in višji ravni (fizika kemija biologija)

ff 5 skupina MATEMATIKA na osnovni in višji ravni ff 6 skupina UMETNOST (glasba gledališče) ali dodaten predmet iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine na osnovni in višji ravni

Dijak izbere en predmet iz vsake skupine ali en dodaten predmet iz šeste skupine (iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine) Ob tem morajo dijaki izdelati razširjeni esej (Extended Essay) obiskovati predmet Teorija vednosti (Theory of knowledge) in sodelovati pri ustvarjalnih in športnih dejavnostih ter socialnem delu (OIV) Delovni jezik pri pouku je angleščina razen pri maternem jeziku in jezikih v skupini 2 Predmeti na višji ravni obsegajo 5 ur pouka na teden (skupaj 175 ur v šolskem letu) na osnovni ravni pa 4 ure pouka na teden (skupaj 140 ur v šolskem letu) Razen šestih predmetov ki so obvezni za pridobitev diplome lahko dijaki opravljajo dodatne izpite iz enega ali več predmetov Tudi dijaki mednarodne mature zaključijo izobraževanje z maturitetnimi izpiti ob koncu drugega letnika v mesecu maju

3 1 IB MISELNOST OZ FILOZOFIJAIBO si prizadeva ustvariti program ki bi dijakom omogočal da bi se razvili v vedoželjne strpne in sočutne ljudi ki bi pomagali pri ustvarjanju lepšega sveta in miru v svetu z medkulturnim razumevanjem in spoštovanjem S tem namenom IBO sodeluje s šolami vladnimi in mednarodnimi organizacijami ki ji pomagajo pri razvijanju zahtevnih učnih programov na področju mednarodnega izobraževanja in pri natančnem ter temeljitem preverjanju znanja Ti programi po vsem svetu spodbujajo dijake k različnim aktivnostim razvijanju sočutja in vseživljenjskemu učenju pa tudi k razumevanju in sprejemanju drugih ali drugačnih ljudi

3

MEDNARODNA MATURA

8

MEDNARODNA MATURA PO PREDMETNIH SKUPINAH

9

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ANGLEŠČINA A JEZIK IN KNJIŽEVNOST (VIŠJAOSNOVNA RAVEN)

Pri predmetu je poudarek na kritičnem pristopu in interpretaciji pisnih in ustnih besedil s področja književnosti ter neleposlovnih zvrsti in ima štiri sklope Vsi štirje sklopi omogočajo dijakom učenje angleščine in književnosti povezano z njeno kulturo ter funkcionalno rabo preko medijskih oblik Tako dijaki razvijajo spretnost analiziranja književnih del in neleposlovnih besedil ter sposobnost njihove učinkovite interpretacije Najpomembnejši učni cilj je razvijanje kritične pismenosti Dijaki se učijo 6 literarnih del na višjem ter 4 dela na osnovnem nivoju iz nabora zvrsti literarnih obdobij in prostora Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis in Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband in Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMATIKA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino jezik in literatura višja in osnovna raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4PRVA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIK A MATERNI JEZIKZa vse slovenske dijake je slovenščina obvezen predmet in to na višjem nivojuV programu obravnavamo samo književnost jezikovno znanje se izkazuje le z rabo torej z lastnimi pisnimi in govornimi besedili Največja razlika glede na nacionalni program je ta da v središču ni široko podatkovno znanje o zgodovini književnosti pač pa natančen poglobljen študij manjšega števila izbranih literarnih del Ta dela ki niso vnaprej predpisana ndash učitelj jih izbira s širšega spiska možnih ndash pokrivajo različna obdobja smeri in literarne vrste Poudarek je na književnosti 20 stoletja Vsega skupaj v dveh letih obravnavamo 13 del Ob spoznavanju temeljnih sodobnejših slovenskih besedil program izpostavlja obravnavo del svetovne književnosti in s tem poudarja tudi vpogled v tuja kulturna okoljaDijaki pri pouku predvsem razvijajo veščine poglobljenega razumevanja literarnih besedil ter lastnega govornega in pisnega izražanja Vse to pokažejo tudi na večdelnem izpitu sestavljenem iz različnih esejskih besedil ter ustne predstavitve in komentarjaZa vse tuje dijake katerih materni jezik ni slovenščina se izva-jajo ure maternega jezika v manjših skupinah po 2 ali 3 ure na teden občasno pa tudi preko spleta Na II gimnaziji Maribor kot materni jezik ponujamo še naslednje predmete makedon-ščino bosanščino hrvaščino srbščino ruščino in angleščino Primer izbora literarnih del za slovenščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMATIKA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

MEDNARODNA MATURA

10

ANGLEŠČINA BTuji jeziki so obvezni del IB-programa ter jih nudimo na osnovni in višji ravni Obe ravni omogočata razvoj in krepitev govornih in pisnih jezikovnih veščin prav tako pa omogočata razvoj znanja in poznavanja kulture ciljnega jezika z uporabo avtentičnih literarnih in neliterarnih besedil II gimnazija Maribor nudi poučevanje različnih jezikov kot prvi in drugi tuji jezik po programih ki dijaka stimulirajo in mu hkrati predstavljajo akademski izziv Šola nudi jezike po dveh različnih programih in na različnih ravneh ter tako omogoča optimalni jezikovni in akademski razvoj dijaka Na začetku šolskega leta dijake razvrstimo po njihovih jezikovnih sposobnostih na osnovi diagnostičnega jezikovnega testa ter individualnega pogovora z dijakom Posebna vrlina poučevanja tujih jezikov na naši šoli so male skupine saj štejejo navadno 16 dijakov ali manj Šola nudi naslednje jezikovne programeAngleščina A Program Jezik in literatura (osnovna in višja raven) je predviden za tekoče naravne govorce angleščine ali tiste katerih jezikovno znanje se približa znanju naravnega govorca Dijaki ki uspešno opravijo ta predmet pridobijo dvojezični certifikat Biligual Diploma Ta jezikovni program nudimo samo v angleščini Jeziki B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini

DRUGA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIKI B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini Medtem ko je angleščina obvezni predmet je izbira med nemščino francoščino in španščino možna le če se za enega od teh predmetov odloči pet ali več dijakov v skupini Pristop pri poučevanju jezikov B je individualiziran dijaki z različno stopnjo predznanja pa tako lažje dosežejo želene rezultate (nekateri dijaki nimajo nobenega jezikovnega predznanja oz je le-to omejeno)

FRANCOŠČINA BProgram poučevanja francoščine kot drugi tuji jezik (French B) je določen s katalogom ki je enak za vse jezike opredeljene kot drugi tuji jezik Pomeni da so tematski sklopi pri francoščini B enaki kot pri zgoraj omenjeni nemščini B (trije osnovni sklopi in izbira dveh izmed petih dodatnih tem)Dijaki izbirajo med dvema ravnema osnovno in višjo V dvoletnem programu mednarodne mature dijaki razvijajo vse štiri kompetence bralno razumevanje slušno razumevanje pisno izražanje in govorno sporočanje V pouk vključimo tudi obravnavo dveh literarnih del (višja raven) Hkrati širijo in poglabljajo svoje znanje tako o francoski kulturi ter frankofonskih kulturah kot tudi o svoji lastni Posebnost poučevanja francoščine je v tem da pouk poteka v manjši skupini (vsaj 5) Pri tem je treba poudariti da se za francoščino v programu mednarodne mature odločijo tako slovenski dijaki kot tudi tujci (večinoma iz držav bivše Jugoslavije Srbija Črna Gora Makedonija) Ker je skupina razmeroma majhna se francoščino učimo na sproščen zanimiv in večkrat tudi individualiziran način Kako je to možno Zaradi prisotnosti tuje učiteljice za francoščino kar predstavlja še eno posebnost oz veliko dodano vrednost Se pravi da lahko z dijaki ki imajo morebiti kakšen primanjkljaj v znanju to hitro nadoknadimo v obliki individualnih ur (dijak in učitelj) In nasprotno z dijaki katerih znanje presega znanje preostalih v skupini lahko individualno delamo Poučevanje francoščine torej poteka v različnih oblikah timskega poučevanje med slovensko in tujo učiteljico Seveda pa tuja učiteljica tudi samostojno uči preverja in ocenjuje znanje

NEMŠČINA BNemščina na osnovni ali višji ravni je namenjena dijakom s predhodnim znanjem jezika Z učenjem jezika se dijaki učijo tudi o kulturah povezanih z njimOsnovna in višja raven se razlikujeta po poglobljenosti učnega načrta ter težavnostni stopnji pisnih in ustnih nalog za ocenjevanje Prav tako dijaki na višji ravni predelajo dve literarni deli Predmet vsebuje tematske sklope Trije osnovni in obvezni sklopi so komunikacija in mediji globalni problemi in družbeni odnosi Ob teh pa učitelj izbere še dve izmed petih možnih dodatnih tem ki so kulturna raznolikost navade in običaji zdravje prosti čas ter znanost in tehnologija

11

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ŠPANŠČINA Ab Initio (osnovna raven)Španščina Ab Initio je program ki je namenjen dijakom brez (večjega) predznanja iz španskega jezika Ab Initio v latinščini pomeni Od začetka Gre seveda za pospešeno učenje španščine saj je cilj dvoletnega programa zastavljen zelo ambiciozno dijaki namreč pridobijo vse potrebne veščine za sporazumevanje v vsakdanjih situacijah pri tem pa razvijajo jezikovne kompetence na vseh štirih področjih torej pri branju pisanju poslušanju in govorjenju Program temelji na treh splošnih tematskih sklopih posameznik in družba prosti čas in delo mestno in podeželsko okolje Vsak sklop pa vključuje teme ki so povezane z našim vsakdanjikom posameznik izobraževanje in delo mesto in javne ustanove hrana in pijača prosti čas in potovanja okolje zdravje in zdravniška pomoč hellipKončni izpit je sestavljen iz dveh delov pisni del ki je zunanji ter ustni del ki je interne narave Zakaj izbrati Spanish Ab InitioDandanes je španščina eden od najbolj govorjenih jezikov na svetu S približno 500 milijoni vseh govorcev je za kitajščino drugi najbolj govorjeni jezik Za angleščino je španščina drugi jezik na svetu po številu ljudi ki se ta jezik učijo Prav tako je za angleščino drugi

najbolj uporabljan jezik v mednarodni komunikaciji na internetu pa po uporabi za angleščino in kitajščino zaseda tretje mesto Na socialnih omrežjih je španščina med najbolj uporabljanimi jeziki (na Twitterju zaseda celo drugo mesto takoj za angleščino)ob trem je španščina uradni jezik v Španiji in še v 20 državah Latinske Amerike od Mehike do Argentine Prav tako je manjšinski jezik v državah kot so ZDA Kanada Belize Andora Maroko in Ekvatorialna GvinejaNikakor pa ne gre pozabiti tudi bogate kulturne dediščine ki jo preko španščine lahko spoznamo v njeni prvotni obliki Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral in Isabel Allende so špansko govorečih literati ki so nedvomno pustili velik pečat v svetovni književnosti In prav lepo je prigode najbolj znanega viteza Don Kihota brati v originalu Na neki način nam čarobnost španskega jezika približajo danes tudi mnogi filmski umetniki kot na primer Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar in Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Nenazadnje pa je španski jezik tudi vedno bolj priljubljen med mladimi po svetu in zaradi tega se veča tudi njegova raba pri medkulturnem spoznavanju in sporazumevanju

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 3: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

Program mednarodne mature je bil na II gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990 Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom drugače zasnovan srednješolski program ki temelji na manjšem številu predmetov in poglobljenem delu Po začetnem ožjem naboru predmetov je razvoj programa omogočil širok nabor predmetov ki omogoča dijakom šolanje v skladu z njihovimi interesi in sposobnostmi Veliko vrednost prinašajo programu dijaki iz bivših jugoslovanskih republik in tuji dijakiDanes je program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor močno prepoznaven tako v Sloveniji kot v tujini Odlični rezultati dijakov uvrščajo šolo v sam vrh šol s programom mednarodne mature K temu veliko pripomorejo izjemni in prizadevni učitelji ter dobri pogoji delaProgram mednarodne mature na najboljši način sledi sloganu šole Šola ki odpre vsa vrata Nadpovprečni rezultati omogočajo dijakom vpis na prestižne univerze kot so Oxford Cambridge Imperial College London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University Milano itd Ambicioznost sposobnost sodelovanja z drugimi in visoka motiviranost za delo so pogoji za vpis v program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor Prepričan sem da številni med dijaki to imate in boste postali člani družine dijakov mednarodne mature

― mag IVAN LORENČIČ ravnatelj

Šola ki odpre vsa vrata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

4

CILJI PROGRAMA MEDNARODNE MATURE

5

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijakom želimo omogočiti

2ff vrhunsko in trajno znanje

ff šolanje v skladu z dijakovimi interesi in sposobnostmi

ff razvoj kritičnega mišljenja

ff samostojnost pri delu

ff odgovornost za svoje šolanje in rezultate

ff privzgojiti akademsko poštenost

ff pridobiti sposobnost pomagati marginalnim skupinam

ff razumevanje in tolerantnost drugačnosti

ff razvoj odgovornosti do okolja in razumevanje trajnostnega razvoja in

ff razumevanje nacionalne pripadnosti in umeščenosti v globalni svet

NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP koordinatorica

MEDNARODNA MATURA

6

PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE V SVETU

1 skupinaJezika in literaturamaterni jezik ali jezik A(SLO SR MAC BOS)Jezik Ajezik in literatura(AN)

bullTOKbullRAZŠIRJEN ESEJ

bullCAS

2 skupinaUsvajanje jezikaJezik B osnovna in višja raven(AN NE FR ŠP)

3 skupinaPosameznik in družbaEkonomijaFilozofijaPsihologijaZgodovina

6 skupinaUmetnost

Glasba

5 skupinaMatematika

(OR VR)

4 skupinaNaravoslovne

znanostiFizika

KemijaBiologija

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

7

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

3 2 LASTNOSTI IB-DIJAKANamen programa mednarodne mature je spodbujanje dijakovega čuta za mednarodno ozaveščenost humanitarnost in skrb za naš planet ter oblikovanje takšnih dijakov ki ustvarjajo boljši in mirnejši svetIB-dijak želi biti raziskovalen vedoželjen misleč komunikativen načelen svobodomiseln senzibilen in empatičen pripravljen tvegati miselno konstruktiven in sposoben refleksije

3 3 PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE (INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE)

Program je sestavljen iz šestih skupin predmetov II gimnazija Maribor ponuja naslednji nabor predmetov

ff 1 skupina ŠTUDIJ JEZIKA IN LITERATURE materni jezik ali jezik A - ponujamo program književnosti na osnovni in višji ravni z izbranimi poglavji iz svetovne književnosti (slovenska ruska srbska hrvaška bosanska ali makedonska) kot jezik A ponujamo tudi angleški jezik in literaturo

ff 2 skupina USVAJANJE JEZIKA jezik B na osnovni in višji ravni (angleščina nemščina francoščina španščina Ab Initio)

ff 3 skupina POSAMEZNIK IN DRUŽBA na osnovni in višji ravni (ekonomija psihologija filozofija in zgodovina)

ff 4 skupina naravoslovne znanosti na osnovni in višji ravni (fizika kemija biologija)

ff 5 skupina MATEMATIKA na osnovni in višji ravni ff 6 skupina UMETNOST (glasba gledališče) ali dodaten predmet iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine na osnovni in višji ravni

Dijak izbere en predmet iz vsake skupine ali en dodaten predmet iz šeste skupine (iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine) Ob tem morajo dijaki izdelati razširjeni esej (Extended Essay) obiskovati predmet Teorija vednosti (Theory of knowledge) in sodelovati pri ustvarjalnih in športnih dejavnostih ter socialnem delu (OIV) Delovni jezik pri pouku je angleščina razen pri maternem jeziku in jezikih v skupini 2 Predmeti na višji ravni obsegajo 5 ur pouka na teden (skupaj 175 ur v šolskem letu) na osnovni ravni pa 4 ure pouka na teden (skupaj 140 ur v šolskem letu) Razen šestih predmetov ki so obvezni za pridobitev diplome lahko dijaki opravljajo dodatne izpite iz enega ali več predmetov Tudi dijaki mednarodne mature zaključijo izobraževanje z maturitetnimi izpiti ob koncu drugega letnika v mesecu maju

3 1 IB MISELNOST OZ FILOZOFIJAIBO si prizadeva ustvariti program ki bi dijakom omogočal da bi se razvili v vedoželjne strpne in sočutne ljudi ki bi pomagali pri ustvarjanju lepšega sveta in miru v svetu z medkulturnim razumevanjem in spoštovanjem S tem namenom IBO sodeluje s šolami vladnimi in mednarodnimi organizacijami ki ji pomagajo pri razvijanju zahtevnih učnih programov na področju mednarodnega izobraževanja in pri natančnem ter temeljitem preverjanju znanja Ti programi po vsem svetu spodbujajo dijake k različnim aktivnostim razvijanju sočutja in vseživljenjskemu učenju pa tudi k razumevanju in sprejemanju drugih ali drugačnih ljudi

3

MEDNARODNA MATURA

8

MEDNARODNA MATURA PO PREDMETNIH SKUPINAH

9

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ANGLEŠČINA A JEZIK IN KNJIŽEVNOST (VIŠJAOSNOVNA RAVEN)

Pri predmetu je poudarek na kritičnem pristopu in interpretaciji pisnih in ustnih besedil s področja književnosti ter neleposlovnih zvrsti in ima štiri sklope Vsi štirje sklopi omogočajo dijakom učenje angleščine in književnosti povezano z njeno kulturo ter funkcionalno rabo preko medijskih oblik Tako dijaki razvijajo spretnost analiziranja književnih del in neleposlovnih besedil ter sposobnost njihove učinkovite interpretacije Najpomembnejši učni cilj je razvijanje kritične pismenosti Dijaki se učijo 6 literarnih del na višjem ter 4 dela na osnovnem nivoju iz nabora zvrsti literarnih obdobij in prostora Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis in Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband in Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMATIKA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino jezik in literatura višja in osnovna raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4PRVA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIK A MATERNI JEZIKZa vse slovenske dijake je slovenščina obvezen predmet in to na višjem nivojuV programu obravnavamo samo književnost jezikovno znanje se izkazuje le z rabo torej z lastnimi pisnimi in govornimi besedili Največja razlika glede na nacionalni program je ta da v središču ni široko podatkovno znanje o zgodovini književnosti pač pa natančen poglobljen študij manjšega števila izbranih literarnih del Ta dela ki niso vnaprej predpisana ndash učitelj jih izbira s širšega spiska možnih ndash pokrivajo različna obdobja smeri in literarne vrste Poudarek je na književnosti 20 stoletja Vsega skupaj v dveh letih obravnavamo 13 del Ob spoznavanju temeljnih sodobnejših slovenskih besedil program izpostavlja obravnavo del svetovne književnosti in s tem poudarja tudi vpogled v tuja kulturna okoljaDijaki pri pouku predvsem razvijajo veščine poglobljenega razumevanja literarnih besedil ter lastnega govornega in pisnega izražanja Vse to pokažejo tudi na večdelnem izpitu sestavljenem iz različnih esejskih besedil ter ustne predstavitve in komentarjaZa vse tuje dijake katerih materni jezik ni slovenščina se izva-jajo ure maternega jezika v manjših skupinah po 2 ali 3 ure na teden občasno pa tudi preko spleta Na II gimnaziji Maribor kot materni jezik ponujamo še naslednje predmete makedon-ščino bosanščino hrvaščino srbščino ruščino in angleščino Primer izbora literarnih del za slovenščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMATIKA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

MEDNARODNA MATURA

10

ANGLEŠČINA BTuji jeziki so obvezni del IB-programa ter jih nudimo na osnovni in višji ravni Obe ravni omogočata razvoj in krepitev govornih in pisnih jezikovnih veščin prav tako pa omogočata razvoj znanja in poznavanja kulture ciljnega jezika z uporabo avtentičnih literarnih in neliterarnih besedil II gimnazija Maribor nudi poučevanje različnih jezikov kot prvi in drugi tuji jezik po programih ki dijaka stimulirajo in mu hkrati predstavljajo akademski izziv Šola nudi jezike po dveh različnih programih in na različnih ravneh ter tako omogoča optimalni jezikovni in akademski razvoj dijaka Na začetku šolskega leta dijake razvrstimo po njihovih jezikovnih sposobnostih na osnovi diagnostičnega jezikovnega testa ter individualnega pogovora z dijakom Posebna vrlina poučevanja tujih jezikov na naši šoli so male skupine saj štejejo navadno 16 dijakov ali manj Šola nudi naslednje jezikovne programeAngleščina A Program Jezik in literatura (osnovna in višja raven) je predviden za tekoče naravne govorce angleščine ali tiste katerih jezikovno znanje se približa znanju naravnega govorca Dijaki ki uspešno opravijo ta predmet pridobijo dvojezični certifikat Biligual Diploma Ta jezikovni program nudimo samo v angleščini Jeziki B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini

DRUGA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIKI B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini Medtem ko je angleščina obvezni predmet je izbira med nemščino francoščino in španščino možna le če se za enega od teh predmetov odloči pet ali več dijakov v skupini Pristop pri poučevanju jezikov B je individualiziran dijaki z različno stopnjo predznanja pa tako lažje dosežejo želene rezultate (nekateri dijaki nimajo nobenega jezikovnega predznanja oz je le-to omejeno)

FRANCOŠČINA BProgram poučevanja francoščine kot drugi tuji jezik (French B) je določen s katalogom ki je enak za vse jezike opredeljene kot drugi tuji jezik Pomeni da so tematski sklopi pri francoščini B enaki kot pri zgoraj omenjeni nemščini B (trije osnovni sklopi in izbira dveh izmed petih dodatnih tem)Dijaki izbirajo med dvema ravnema osnovno in višjo V dvoletnem programu mednarodne mature dijaki razvijajo vse štiri kompetence bralno razumevanje slušno razumevanje pisno izražanje in govorno sporočanje V pouk vključimo tudi obravnavo dveh literarnih del (višja raven) Hkrati širijo in poglabljajo svoje znanje tako o francoski kulturi ter frankofonskih kulturah kot tudi o svoji lastni Posebnost poučevanja francoščine je v tem da pouk poteka v manjši skupini (vsaj 5) Pri tem je treba poudariti da se za francoščino v programu mednarodne mature odločijo tako slovenski dijaki kot tudi tujci (večinoma iz držav bivše Jugoslavije Srbija Črna Gora Makedonija) Ker je skupina razmeroma majhna se francoščino učimo na sproščen zanimiv in večkrat tudi individualiziran način Kako je to možno Zaradi prisotnosti tuje učiteljice za francoščino kar predstavlja še eno posebnost oz veliko dodano vrednost Se pravi da lahko z dijaki ki imajo morebiti kakšen primanjkljaj v znanju to hitro nadoknadimo v obliki individualnih ur (dijak in učitelj) In nasprotno z dijaki katerih znanje presega znanje preostalih v skupini lahko individualno delamo Poučevanje francoščine torej poteka v različnih oblikah timskega poučevanje med slovensko in tujo učiteljico Seveda pa tuja učiteljica tudi samostojno uči preverja in ocenjuje znanje

NEMŠČINA BNemščina na osnovni ali višji ravni je namenjena dijakom s predhodnim znanjem jezika Z učenjem jezika se dijaki učijo tudi o kulturah povezanih z njimOsnovna in višja raven se razlikujeta po poglobljenosti učnega načrta ter težavnostni stopnji pisnih in ustnih nalog za ocenjevanje Prav tako dijaki na višji ravni predelajo dve literarni deli Predmet vsebuje tematske sklope Trije osnovni in obvezni sklopi so komunikacija in mediji globalni problemi in družbeni odnosi Ob teh pa učitelj izbere še dve izmed petih možnih dodatnih tem ki so kulturna raznolikost navade in običaji zdravje prosti čas ter znanost in tehnologija

11

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ŠPANŠČINA Ab Initio (osnovna raven)Španščina Ab Initio je program ki je namenjen dijakom brez (večjega) predznanja iz španskega jezika Ab Initio v latinščini pomeni Od začetka Gre seveda za pospešeno učenje španščine saj je cilj dvoletnega programa zastavljen zelo ambiciozno dijaki namreč pridobijo vse potrebne veščine za sporazumevanje v vsakdanjih situacijah pri tem pa razvijajo jezikovne kompetence na vseh štirih področjih torej pri branju pisanju poslušanju in govorjenju Program temelji na treh splošnih tematskih sklopih posameznik in družba prosti čas in delo mestno in podeželsko okolje Vsak sklop pa vključuje teme ki so povezane z našim vsakdanjikom posameznik izobraževanje in delo mesto in javne ustanove hrana in pijača prosti čas in potovanja okolje zdravje in zdravniška pomoč hellipKončni izpit je sestavljen iz dveh delov pisni del ki je zunanji ter ustni del ki je interne narave Zakaj izbrati Spanish Ab InitioDandanes je španščina eden od najbolj govorjenih jezikov na svetu S približno 500 milijoni vseh govorcev je za kitajščino drugi najbolj govorjeni jezik Za angleščino je španščina drugi jezik na svetu po številu ljudi ki se ta jezik učijo Prav tako je za angleščino drugi

najbolj uporabljan jezik v mednarodni komunikaciji na internetu pa po uporabi za angleščino in kitajščino zaseda tretje mesto Na socialnih omrežjih je španščina med najbolj uporabljanimi jeziki (na Twitterju zaseda celo drugo mesto takoj za angleščino)ob trem je španščina uradni jezik v Španiji in še v 20 državah Latinske Amerike od Mehike do Argentine Prav tako je manjšinski jezik v državah kot so ZDA Kanada Belize Andora Maroko in Ekvatorialna GvinejaNikakor pa ne gre pozabiti tudi bogate kulturne dediščine ki jo preko španščine lahko spoznamo v njeni prvotni obliki Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral in Isabel Allende so špansko govorečih literati ki so nedvomno pustili velik pečat v svetovni književnosti In prav lepo je prigode najbolj znanega viteza Don Kihota brati v originalu Na neki način nam čarobnost španskega jezika približajo danes tudi mnogi filmski umetniki kot na primer Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar in Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Nenazadnje pa je španski jezik tudi vedno bolj priljubljen med mladimi po svetu in zaradi tega se veča tudi njegova raba pri medkulturnem spoznavanju in sporazumevanju

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 4: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

4

CILJI PROGRAMA MEDNARODNE MATURE

5

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijakom želimo omogočiti

2ff vrhunsko in trajno znanje

ff šolanje v skladu z dijakovimi interesi in sposobnostmi

ff razvoj kritičnega mišljenja

ff samostojnost pri delu

ff odgovornost za svoje šolanje in rezultate

ff privzgojiti akademsko poštenost

ff pridobiti sposobnost pomagati marginalnim skupinam

ff razumevanje in tolerantnost drugačnosti

ff razvoj odgovornosti do okolja in razumevanje trajnostnega razvoja in

ff razumevanje nacionalne pripadnosti in umeščenosti v globalni svet

NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP koordinatorica

MEDNARODNA MATURA

6

PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE V SVETU

1 skupinaJezika in literaturamaterni jezik ali jezik A(SLO SR MAC BOS)Jezik Ajezik in literatura(AN)

bullTOKbullRAZŠIRJEN ESEJ

bullCAS

2 skupinaUsvajanje jezikaJezik B osnovna in višja raven(AN NE FR ŠP)

3 skupinaPosameznik in družbaEkonomijaFilozofijaPsihologijaZgodovina

6 skupinaUmetnost

Glasba

5 skupinaMatematika

(OR VR)

4 skupinaNaravoslovne

znanostiFizika

KemijaBiologija

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

7

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

3 2 LASTNOSTI IB-DIJAKANamen programa mednarodne mature je spodbujanje dijakovega čuta za mednarodno ozaveščenost humanitarnost in skrb za naš planet ter oblikovanje takšnih dijakov ki ustvarjajo boljši in mirnejši svetIB-dijak želi biti raziskovalen vedoželjen misleč komunikativen načelen svobodomiseln senzibilen in empatičen pripravljen tvegati miselno konstruktiven in sposoben refleksije

3 3 PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE (INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE)

Program je sestavljen iz šestih skupin predmetov II gimnazija Maribor ponuja naslednji nabor predmetov

ff 1 skupina ŠTUDIJ JEZIKA IN LITERATURE materni jezik ali jezik A - ponujamo program književnosti na osnovni in višji ravni z izbranimi poglavji iz svetovne književnosti (slovenska ruska srbska hrvaška bosanska ali makedonska) kot jezik A ponujamo tudi angleški jezik in literaturo

ff 2 skupina USVAJANJE JEZIKA jezik B na osnovni in višji ravni (angleščina nemščina francoščina španščina Ab Initio)

ff 3 skupina POSAMEZNIK IN DRUŽBA na osnovni in višji ravni (ekonomija psihologija filozofija in zgodovina)

ff 4 skupina naravoslovne znanosti na osnovni in višji ravni (fizika kemija biologija)

ff 5 skupina MATEMATIKA na osnovni in višji ravni ff 6 skupina UMETNOST (glasba gledališče) ali dodaten predmet iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine na osnovni in višji ravni

Dijak izbere en predmet iz vsake skupine ali en dodaten predmet iz šeste skupine (iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine) Ob tem morajo dijaki izdelati razširjeni esej (Extended Essay) obiskovati predmet Teorija vednosti (Theory of knowledge) in sodelovati pri ustvarjalnih in športnih dejavnostih ter socialnem delu (OIV) Delovni jezik pri pouku je angleščina razen pri maternem jeziku in jezikih v skupini 2 Predmeti na višji ravni obsegajo 5 ur pouka na teden (skupaj 175 ur v šolskem letu) na osnovni ravni pa 4 ure pouka na teden (skupaj 140 ur v šolskem letu) Razen šestih predmetov ki so obvezni za pridobitev diplome lahko dijaki opravljajo dodatne izpite iz enega ali več predmetov Tudi dijaki mednarodne mature zaključijo izobraževanje z maturitetnimi izpiti ob koncu drugega letnika v mesecu maju

3 1 IB MISELNOST OZ FILOZOFIJAIBO si prizadeva ustvariti program ki bi dijakom omogočal da bi se razvili v vedoželjne strpne in sočutne ljudi ki bi pomagali pri ustvarjanju lepšega sveta in miru v svetu z medkulturnim razumevanjem in spoštovanjem S tem namenom IBO sodeluje s šolami vladnimi in mednarodnimi organizacijami ki ji pomagajo pri razvijanju zahtevnih učnih programov na področju mednarodnega izobraževanja in pri natančnem ter temeljitem preverjanju znanja Ti programi po vsem svetu spodbujajo dijake k različnim aktivnostim razvijanju sočutja in vseživljenjskemu učenju pa tudi k razumevanju in sprejemanju drugih ali drugačnih ljudi

3

MEDNARODNA MATURA

8

MEDNARODNA MATURA PO PREDMETNIH SKUPINAH

9

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ANGLEŠČINA A JEZIK IN KNJIŽEVNOST (VIŠJAOSNOVNA RAVEN)

Pri predmetu je poudarek na kritičnem pristopu in interpretaciji pisnih in ustnih besedil s področja književnosti ter neleposlovnih zvrsti in ima štiri sklope Vsi štirje sklopi omogočajo dijakom učenje angleščine in književnosti povezano z njeno kulturo ter funkcionalno rabo preko medijskih oblik Tako dijaki razvijajo spretnost analiziranja književnih del in neleposlovnih besedil ter sposobnost njihove učinkovite interpretacije Najpomembnejši učni cilj je razvijanje kritične pismenosti Dijaki se učijo 6 literarnih del na višjem ter 4 dela na osnovnem nivoju iz nabora zvrsti literarnih obdobij in prostora Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis in Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband in Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMATIKA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino jezik in literatura višja in osnovna raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4PRVA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIK A MATERNI JEZIKZa vse slovenske dijake je slovenščina obvezen predmet in to na višjem nivojuV programu obravnavamo samo književnost jezikovno znanje se izkazuje le z rabo torej z lastnimi pisnimi in govornimi besedili Največja razlika glede na nacionalni program je ta da v središču ni široko podatkovno znanje o zgodovini književnosti pač pa natančen poglobljen študij manjšega števila izbranih literarnih del Ta dela ki niso vnaprej predpisana ndash učitelj jih izbira s širšega spiska možnih ndash pokrivajo različna obdobja smeri in literarne vrste Poudarek je na književnosti 20 stoletja Vsega skupaj v dveh letih obravnavamo 13 del Ob spoznavanju temeljnih sodobnejših slovenskih besedil program izpostavlja obravnavo del svetovne književnosti in s tem poudarja tudi vpogled v tuja kulturna okoljaDijaki pri pouku predvsem razvijajo veščine poglobljenega razumevanja literarnih besedil ter lastnega govornega in pisnega izražanja Vse to pokažejo tudi na večdelnem izpitu sestavljenem iz različnih esejskih besedil ter ustne predstavitve in komentarjaZa vse tuje dijake katerih materni jezik ni slovenščina se izva-jajo ure maternega jezika v manjših skupinah po 2 ali 3 ure na teden občasno pa tudi preko spleta Na II gimnaziji Maribor kot materni jezik ponujamo še naslednje predmete makedon-ščino bosanščino hrvaščino srbščino ruščino in angleščino Primer izbora literarnih del za slovenščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMATIKA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

MEDNARODNA MATURA

10

ANGLEŠČINA BTuji jeziki so obvezni del IB-programa ter jih nudimo na osnovni in višji ravni Obe ravni omogočata razvoj in krepitev govornih in pisnih jezikovnih veščin prav tako pa omogočata razvoj znanja in poznavanja kulture ciljnega jezika z uporabo avtentičnih literarnih in neliterarnih besedil II gimnazija Maribor nudi poučevanje različnih jezikov kot prvi in drugi tuji jezik po programih ki dijaka stimulirajo in mu hkrati predstavljajo akademski izziv Šola nudi jezike po dveh različnih programih in na različnih ravneh ter tako omogoča optimalni jezikovni in akademski razvoj dijaka Na začetku šolskega leta dijake razvrstimo po njihovih jezikovnih sposobnostih na osnovi diagnostičnega jezikovnega testa ter individualnega pogovora z dijakom Posebna vrlina poučevanja tujih jezikov na naši šoli so male skupine saj štejejo navadno 16 dijakov ali manj Šola nudi naslednje jezikovne programeAngleščina A Program Jezik in literatura (osnovna in višja raven) je predviden za tekoče naravne govorce angleščine ali tiste katerih jezikovno znanje se približa znanju naravnega govorca Dijaki ki uspešno opravijo ta predmet pridobijo dvojezični certifikat Biligual Diploma Ta jezikovni program nudimo samo v angleščini Jeziki B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini

DRUGA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIKI B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini Medtem ko je angleščina obvezni predmet je izbira med nemščino francoščino in španščino možna le če se za enega od teh predmetov odloči pet ali več dijakov v skupini Pristop pri poučevanju jezikov B je individualiziran dijaki z različno stopnjo predznanja pa tako lažje dosežejo želene rezultate (nekateri dijaki nimajo nobenega jezikovnega predznanja oz je le-to omejeno)

FRANCOŠČINA BProgram poučevanja francoščine kot drugi tuji jezik (French B) je določen s katalogom ki je enak za vse jezike opredeljene kot drugi tuji jezik Pomeni da so tematski sklopi pri francoščini B enaki kot pri zgoraj omenjeni nemščini B (trije osnovni sklopi in izbira dveh izmed petih dodatnih tem)Dijaki izbirajo med dvema ravnema osnovno in višjo V dvoletnem programu mednarodne mature dijaki razvijajo vse štiri kompetence bralno razumevanje slušno razumevanje pisno izražanje in govorno sporočanje V pouk vključimo tudi obravnavo dveh literarnih del (višja raven) Hkrati širijo in poglabljajo svoje znanje tako o francoski kulturi ter frankofonskih kulturah kot tudi o svoji lastni Posebnost poučevanja francoščine je v tem da pouk poteka v manjši skupini (vsaj 5) Pri tem je treba poudariti da se za francoščino v programu mednarodne mature odločijo tako slovenski dijaki kot tudi tujci (večinoma iz držav bivše Jugoslavije Srbija Črna Gora Makedonija) Ker je skupina razmeroma majhna se francoščino učimo na sproščen zanimiv in večkrat tudi individualiziran način Kako je to možno Zaradi prisotnosti tuje učiteljice za francoščino kar predstavlja še eno posebnost oz veliko dodano vrednost Se pravi da lahko z dijaki ki imajo morebiti kakšen primanjkljaj v znanju to hitro nadoknadimo v obliki individualnih ur (dijak in učitelj) In nasprotno z dijaki katerih znanje presega znanje preostalih v skupini lahko individualno delamo Poučevanje francoščine torej poteka v različnih oblikah timskega poučevanje med slovensko in tujo učiteljico Seveda pa tuja učiteljica tudi samostojno uči preverja in ocenjuje znanje

NEMŠČINA BNemščina na osnovni ali višji ravni je namenjena dijakom s predhodnim znanjem jezika Z učenjem jezika se dijaki učijo tudi o kulturah povezanih z njimOsnovna in višja raven se razlikujeta po poglobljenosti učnega načrta ter težavnostni stopnji pisnih in ustnih nalog za ocenjevanje Prav tako dijaki na višji ravni predelajo dve literarni deli Predmet vsebuje tematske sklope Trije osnovni in obvezni sklopi so komunikacija in mediji globalni problemi in družbeni odnosi Ob teh pa učitelj izbere še dve izmed petih možnih dodatnih tem ki so kulturna raznolikost navade in običaji zdravje prosti čas ter znanost in tehnologija

11

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ŠPANŠČINA Ab Initio (osnovna raven)Španščina Ab Initio je program ki je namenjen dijakom brez (večjega) predznanja iz španskega jezika Ab Initio v latinščini pomeni Od začetka Gre seveda za pospešeno učenje španščine saj je cilj dvoletnega programa zastavljen zelo ambiciozno dijaki namreč pridobijo vse potrebne veščine za sporazumevanje v vsakdanjih situacijah pri tem pa razvijajo jezikovne kompetence na vseh štirih področjih torej pri branju pisanju poslušanju in govorjenju Program temelji na treh splošnih tematskih sklopih posameznik in družba prosti čas in delo mestno in podeželsko okolje Vsak sklop pa vključuje teme ki so povezane z našim vsakdanjikom posameznik izobraževanje in delo mesto in javne ustanove hrana in pijača prosti čas in potovanja okolje zdravje in zdravniška pomoč hellipKončni izpit je sestavljen iz dveh delov pisni del ki je zunanji ter ustni del ki je interne narave Zakaj izbrati Spanish Ab InitioDandanes je španščina eden od najbolj govorjenih jezikov na svetu S približno 500 milijoni vseh govorcev je za kitajščino drugi najbolj govorjeni jezik Za angleščino je španščina drugi jezik na svetu po številu ljudi ki se ta jezik učijo Prav tako je za angleščino drugi

najbolj uporabljan jezik v mednarodni komunikaciji na internetu pa po uporabi za angleščino in kitajščino zaseda tretje mesto Na socialnih omrežjih je španščina med najbolj uporabljanimi jeziki (na Twitterju zaseda celo drugo mesto takoj za angleščino)ob trem je španščina uradni jezik v Španiji in še v 20 državah Latinske Amerike od Mehike do Argentine Prav tako je manjšinski jezik v državah kot so ZDA Kanada Belize Andora Maroko in Ekvatorialna GvinejaNikakor pa ne gre pozabiti tudi bogate kulturne dediščine ki jo preko španščine lahko spoznamo v njeni prvotni obliki Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral in Isabel Allende so špansko govorečih literati ki so nedvomno pustili velik pečat v svetovni književnosti In prav lepo je prigode najbolj znanega viteza Don Kihota brati v originalu Na neki način nam čarobnost španskega jezika približajo danes tudi mnogi filmski umetniki kot na primer Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar in Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Nenazadnje pa je španski jezik tudi vedno bolj priljubljen med mladimi po svetu in zaradi tega se veča tudi njegova raba pri medkulturnem spoznavanju in sporazumevanju

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 5: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

5

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijakom želimo omogočiti

2ff vrhunsko in trajno znanje

ff šolanje v skladu z dijakovimi interesi in sposobnostmi

ff razvoj kritičnega mišljenja

ff samostojnost pri delu

ff odgovornost za svoje šolanje in rezultate

ff privzgojiti akademsko poštenost

ff pridobiti sposobnost pomagati marginalnim skupinam

ff razumevanje in tolerantnost drugačnosti

ff razvoj odgovornosti do okolja in razumevanje trajnostnega razvoja in

ff razumevanje nacionalne pripadnosti in umeščenosti v globalni svet

NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP koordinatorica

MEDNARODNA MATURA

6

PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE V SVETU

1 skupinaJezika in literaturamaterni jezik ali jezik A(SLO SR MAC BOS)Jezik Ajezik in literatura(AN)

bullTOKbullRAZŠIRJEN ESEJ

bullCAS

2 skupinaUsvajanje jezikaJezik B osnovna in višja raven(AN NE FR ŠP)

3 skupinaPosameznik in družbaEkonomijaFilozofijaPsihologijaZgodovina

6 skupinaUmetnost

Glasba

5 skupinaMatematika

(OR VR)

4 skupinaNaravoslovne

znanostiFizika

KemijaBiologija

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

7

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

3 2 LASTNOSTI IB-DIJAKANamen programa mednarodne mature je spodbujanje dijakovega čuta za mednarodno ozaveščenost humanitarnost in skrb za naš planet ter oblikovanje takšnih dijakov ki ustvarjajo boljši in mirnejši svetIB-dijak želi biti raziskovalen vedoželjen misleč komunikativen načelen svobodomiseln senzibilen in empatičen pripravljen tvegati miselno konstruktiven in sposoben refleksije

3 3 PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE (INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE)

Program je sestavljen iz šestih skupin predmetov II gimnazija Maribor ponuja naslednji nabor predmetov

ff 1 skupina ŠTUDIJ JEZIKA IN LITERATURE materni jezik ali jezik A - ponujamo program književnosti na osnovni in višji ravni z izbranimi poglavji iz svetovne književnosti (slovenska ruska srbska hrvaška bosanska ali makedonska) kot jezik A ponujamo tudi angleški jezik in literaturo

ff 2 skupina USVAJANJE JEZIKA jezik B na osnovni in višji ravni (angleščina nemščina francoščina španščina Ab Initio)

ff 3 skupina POSAMEZNIK IN DRUŽBA na osnovni in višji ravni (ekonomija psihologija filozofija in zgodovina)

ff 4 skupina naravoslovne znanosti na osnovni in višji ravni (fizika kemija biologija)

ff 5 skupina MATEMATIKA na osnovni in višji ravni ff 6 skupina UMETNOST (glasba gledališče) ali dodaten predmet iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine na osnovni in višji ravni

Dijak izbere en predmet iz vsake skupine ali en dodaten predmet iz šeste skupine (iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine) Ob tem morajo dijaki izdelati razširjeni esej (Extended Essay) obiskovati predmet Teorija vednosti (Theory of knowledge) in sodelovati pri ustvarjalnih in športnih dejavnostih ter socialnem delu (OIV) Delovni jezik pri pouku je angleščina razen pri maternem jeziku in jezikih v skupini 2 Predmeti na višji ravni obsegajo 5 ur pouka na teden (skupaj 175 ur v šolskem letu) na osnovni ravni pa 4 ure pouka na teden (skupaj 140 ur v šolskem letu) Razen šestih predmetov ki so obvezni za pridobitev diplome lahko dijaki opravljajo dodatne izpite iz enega ali več predmetov Tudi dijaki mednarodne mature zaključijo izobraževanje z maturitetnimi izpiti ob koncu drugega letnika v mesecu maju

3 1 IB MISELNOST OZ FILOZOFIJAIBO si prizadeva ustvariti program ki bi dijakom omogočal da bi se razvili v vedoželjne strpne in sočutne ljudi ki bi pomagali pri ustvarjanju lepšega sveta in miru v svetu z medkulturnim razumevanjem in spoštovanjem S tem namenom IBO sodeluje s šolami vladnimi in mednarodnimi organizacijami ki ji pomagajo pri razvijanju zahtevnih učnih programov na področju mednarodnega izobraževanja in pri natančnem ter temeljitem preverjanju znanja Ti programi po vsem svetu spodbujajo dijake k različnim aktivnostim razvijanju sočutja in vseživljenjskemu učenju pa tudi k razumevanju in sprejemanju drugih ali drugačnih ljudi

3

MEDNARODNA MATURA

8

MEDNARODNA MATURA PO PREDMETNIH SKUPINAH

9

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ANGLEŠČINA A JEZIK IN KNJIŽEVNOST (VIŠJAOSNOVNA RAVEN)

Pri predmetu je poudarek na kritičnem pristopu in interpretaciji pisnih in ustnih besedil s področja književnosti ter neleposlovnih zvrsti in ima štiri sklope Vsi štirje sklopi omogočajo dijakom učenje angleščine in književnosti povezano z njeno kulturo ter funkcionalno rabo preko medijskih oblik Tako dijaki razvijajo spretnost analiziranja književnih del in neleposlovnih besedil ter sposobnost njihove učinkovite interpretacije Najpomembnejši učni cilj je razvijanje kritične pismenosti Dijaki se učijo 6 literarnih del na višjem ter 4 dela na osnovnem nivoju iz nabora zvrsti literarnih obdobij in prostora Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis in Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband in Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMATIKA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino jezik in literatura višja in osnovna raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4PRVA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIK A MATERNI JEZIKZa vse slovenske dijake je slovenščina obvezen predmet in to na višjem nivojuV programu obravnavamo samo književnost jezikovno znanje se izkazuje le z rabo torej z lastnimi pisnimi in govornimi besedili Največja razlika glede na nacionalni program je ta da v središču ni široko podatkovno znanje o zgodovini književnosti pač pa natančen poglobljen študij manjšega števila izbranih literarnih del Ta dela ki niso vnaprej predpisana ndash učitelj jih izbira s širšega spiska možnih ndash pokrivajo različna obdobja smeri in literarne vrste Poudarek je na književnosti 20 stoletja Vsega skupaj v dveh letih obravnavamo 13 del Ob spoznavanju temeljnih sodobnejših slovenskih besedil program izpostavlja obravnavo del svetovne književnosti in s tem poudarja tudi vpogled v tuja kulturna okoljaDijaki pri pouku predvsem razvijajo veščine poglobljenega razumevanja literarnih besedil ter lastnega govornega in pisnega izražanja Vse to pokažejo tudi na večdelnem izpitu sestavljenem iz različnih esejskih besedil ter ustne predstavitve in komentarjaZa vse tuje dijake katerih materni jezik ni slovenščina se izva-jajo ure maternega jezika v manjših skupinah po 2 ali 3 ure na teden občasno pa tudi preko spleta Na II gimnaziji Maribor kot materni jezik ponujamo še naslednje predmete makedon-ščino bosanščino hrvaščino srbščino ruščino in angleščino Primer izbora literarnih del za slovenščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMATIKA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

MEDNARODNA MATURA

10

ANGLEŠČINA BTuji jeziki so obvezni del IB-programa ter jih nudimo na osnovni in višji ravni Obe ravni omogočata razvoj in krepitev govornih in pisnih jezikovnih veščin prav tako pa omogočata razvoj znanja in poznavanja kulture ciljnega jezika z uporabo avtentičnih literarnih in neliterarnih besedil II gimnazija Maribor nudi poučevanje različnih jezikov kot prvi in drugi tuji jezik po programih ki dijaka stimulirajo in mu hkrati predstavljajo akademski izziv Šola nudi jezike po dveh različnih programih in na različnih ravneh ter tako omogoča optimalni jezikovni in akademski razvoj dijaka Na začetku šolskega leta dijake razvrstimo po njihovih jezikovnih sposobnostih na osnovi diagnostičnega jezikovnega testa ter individualnega pogovora z dijakom Posebna vrlina poučevanja tujih jezikov na naši šoli so male skupine saj štejejo navadno 16 dijakov ali manj Šola nudi naslednje jezikovne programeAngleščina A Program Jezik in literatura (osnovna in višja raven) je predviden za tekoče naravne govorce angleščine ali tiste katerih jezikovno znanje se približa znanju naravnega govorca Dijaki ki uspešno opravijo ta predmet pridobijo dvojezični certifikat Biligual Diploma Ta jezikovni program nudimo samo v angleščini Jeziki B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini

DRUGA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIKI B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini Medtem ko je angleščina obvezni predmet je izbira med nemščino francoščino in španščino možna le če se za enega od teh predmetov odloči pet ali več dijakov v skupini Pristop pri poučevanju jezikov B je individualiziran dijaki z različno stopnjo predznanja pa tako lažje dosežejo želene rezultate (nekateri dijaki nimajo nobenega jezikovnega predznanja oz je le-to omejeno)

FRANCOŠČINA BProgram poučevanja francoščine kot drugi tuji jezik (French B) je določen s katalogom ki je enak za vse jezike opredeljene kot drugi tuji jezik Pomeni da so tematski sklopi pri francoščini B enaki kot pri zgoraj omenjeni nemščini B (trije osnovni sklopi in izbira dveh izmed petih dodatnih tem)Dijaki izbirajo med dvema ravnema osnovno in višjo V dvoletnem programu mednarodne mature dijaki razvijajo vse štiri kompetence bralno razumevanje slušno razumevanje pisno izražanje in govorno sporočanje V pouk vključimo tudi obravnavo dveh literarnih del (višja raven) Hkrati širijo in poglabljajo svoje znanje tako o francoski kulturi ter frankofonskih kulturah kot tudi o svoji lastni Posebnost poučevanja francoščine je v tem da pouk poteka v manjši skupini (vsaj 5) Pri tem je treba poudariti da se za francoščino v programu mednarodne mature odločijo tako slovenski dijaki kot tudi tujci (večinoma iz držav bivše Jugoslavije Srbija Črna Gora Makedonija) Ker je skupina razmeroma majhna se francoščino učimo na sproščen zanimiv in večkrat tudi individualiziran način Kako je to možno Zaradi prisotnosti tuje učiteljice za francoščino kar predstavlja še eno posebnost oz veliko dodano vrednost Se pravi da lahko z dijaki ki imajo morebiti kakšen primanjkljaj v znanju to hitro nadoknadimo v obliki individualnih ur (dijak in učitelj) In nasprotno z dijaki katerih znanje presega znanje preostalih v skupini lahko individualno delamo Poučevanje francoščine torej poteka v različnih oblikah timskega poučevanje med slovensko in tujo učiteljico Seveda pa tuja učiteljica tudi samostojno uči preverja in ocenjuje znanje

NEMŠČINA BNemščina na osnovni ali višji ravni je namenjena dijakom s predhodnim znanjem jezika Z učenjem jezika se dijaki učijo tudi o kulturah povezanih z njimOsnovna in višja raven se razlikujeta po poglobljenosti učnega načrta ter težavnostni stopnji pisnih in ustnih nalog za ocenjevanje Prav tako dijaki na višji ravni predelajo dve literarni deli Predmet vsebuje tematske sklope Trije osnovni in obvezni sklopi so komunikacija in mediji globalni problemi in družbeni odnosi Ob teh pa učitelj izbere še dve izmed petih možnih dodatnih tem ki so kulturna raznolikost navade in običaji zdravje prosti čas ter znanost in tehnologija

11

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ŠPANŠČINA Ab Initio (osnovna raven)Španščina Ab Initio je program ki je namenjen dijakom brez (večjega) predznanja iz španskega jezika Ab Initio v latinščini pomeni Od začetka Gre seveda za pospešeno učenje španščine saj je cilj dvoletnega programa zastavljen zelo ambiciozno dijaki namreč pridobijo vse potrebne veščine za sporazumevanje v vsakdanjih situacijah pri tem pa razvijajo jezikovne kompetence na vseh štirih področjih torej pri branju pisanju poslušanju in govorjenju Program temelji na treh splošnih tematskih sklopih posameznik in družba prosti čas in delo mestno in podeželsko okolje Vsak sklop pa vključuje teme ki so povezane z našim vsakdanjikom posameznik izobraževanje in delo mesto in javne ustanove hrana in pijača prosti čas in potovanja okolje zdravje in zdravniška pomoč hellipKončni izpit je sestavljen iz dveh delov pisni del ki je zunanji ter ustni del ki je interne narave Zakaj izbrati Spanish Ab InitioDandanes je španščina eden od najbolj govorjenih jezikov na svetu S približno 500 milijoni vseh govorcev je za kitajščino drugi najbolj govorjeni jezik Za angleščino je španščina drugi jezik na svetu po številu ljudi ki se ta jezik učijo Prav tako je za angleščino drugi

najbolj uporabljan jezik v mednarodni komunikaciji na internetu pa po uporabi za angleščino in kitajščino zaseda tretje mesto Na socialnih omrežjih je španščina med najbolj uporabljanimi jeziki (na Twitterju zaseda celo drugo mesto takoj za angleščino)ob trem je španščina uradni jezik v Španiji in še v 20 državah Latinske Amerike od Mehike do Argentine Prav tako je manjšinski jezik v državah kot so ZDA Kanada Belize Andora Maroko in Ekvatorialna GvinejaNikakor pa ne gre pozabiti tudi bogate kulturne dediščine ki jo preko španščine lahko spoznamo v njeni prvotni obliki Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral in Isabel Allende so špansko govorečih literati ki so nedvomno pustili velik pečat v svetovni književnosti In prav lepo je prigode najbolj znanega viteza Don Kihota brati v originalu Na neki način nam čarobnost španskega jezika približajo danes tudi mnogi filmski umetniki kot na primer Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar in Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Nenazadnje pa je španski jezik tudi vedno bolj priljubljen med mladimi po svetu in zaradi tega se veča tudi njegova raba pri medkulturnem spoznavanju in sporazumevanju

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 6: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

6

PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE V SVETU

1 skupinaJezika in literaturamaterni jezik ali jezik A(SLO SR MAC BOS)Jezik Ajezik in literatura(AN)

bullTOKbullRAZŠIRJEN ESEJ

bullCAS

2 skupinaUsvajanje jezikaJezik B osnovna in višja raven(AN NE FR ŠP)

3 skupinaPosameznik in družbaEkonomijaFilozofijaPsihologijaZgodovina

6 skupinaUmetnost

Glasba

5 skupinaMatematika

(OR VR)

4 skupinaNaravoslovne

znanostiFizika

KemijaBiologija

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

7

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

3 2 LASTNOSTI IB-DIJAKANamen programa mednarodne mature je spodbujanje dijakovega čuta za mednarodno ozaveščenost humanitarnost in skrb za naš planet ter oblikovanje takšnih dijakov ki ustvarjajo boljši in mirnejši svetIB-dijak želi biti raziskovalen vedoželjen misleč komunikativen načelen svobodomiseln senzibilen in empatičen pripravljen tvegati miselno konstruktiven in sposoben refleksije

3 3 PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE (INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE)

Program je sestavljen iz šestih skupin predmetov II gimnazija Maribor ponuja naslednji nabor predmetov

ff 1 skupina ŠTUDIJ JEZIKA IN LITERATURE materni jezik ali jezik A - ponujamo program književnosti na osnovni in višji ravni z izbranimi poglavji iz svetovne književnosti (slovenska ruska srbska hrvaška bosanska ali makedonska) kot jezik A ponujamo tudi angleški jezik in literaturo

ff 2 skupina USVAJANJE JEZIKA jezik B na osnovni in višji ravni (angleščina nemščina francoščina španščina Ab Initio)

ff 3 skupina POSAMEZNIK IN DRUŽBA na osnovni in višji ravni (ekonomija psihologija filozofija in zgodovina)

ff 4 skupina naravoslovne znanosti na osnovni in višji ravni (fizika kemija biologija)

ff 5 skupina MATEMATIKA na osnovni in višji ravni ff 6 skupina UMETNOST (glasba gledališče) ali dodaten predmet iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine na osnovni in višji ravni

Dijak izbere en predmet iz vsake skupine ali en dodaten predmet iz šeste skupine (iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine) Ob tem morajo dijaki izdelati razširjeni esej (Extended Essay) obiskovati predmet Teorija vednosti (Theory of knowledge) in sodelovati pri ustvarjalnih in športnih dejavnostih ter socialnem delu (OIV) Delovni jezik pri pouku je angleščina razen pri maternem jeziku in jezikih v skupini 2 Predmeti na višji ravni obsegajo 5 ur pouka na teden (skupaj 175 ur v šolskem letu) na osnovni ravni pa 4 ure pouka na teden (skupaj 140 ur v šolskem letu) Razen šestih predmetov ki so obvezni za pridobitev diplome lahko dijaki opravljajo dodatne izpite iz enega ali več predmetov Tudi dijaki mednarodne mature zaključijo izobraževanje z maturitetnimi izpiti ob koncu drugega letnika v mesecu maju

3 1 IB MISELNOST OZ FILOZOFIJAIBO si prizadeva ustvariti program ki bi dijakom omogočal da bi se razvili v vedoželjne strpne in sočutne ljudi ki bi pomagali pri ustvarjanju lepšega sveta in miru v svetu z medkulturnim razumevanjem in spoštovanjem S tem namenom IBO sodeluje s šolami vladnimi in mednarodnimi organizacijami ki ji pomagajo pri razvijanju zahtevnih učnih programov na področju mednarodnega izobraževanja in pri natančnem ter temeljitem preverjanju znanja Ti programi po vsem svetu spodbujajo dijake k različnim aktivnostim razvijanju sočutja in vseživljenjskemu učenju pa tudi k razumevanju in sprejemanju drugih ali drugačnih ljudi

3

MEDNARODNA MATURA

8

MEDNARODNA MATURA PO PREDMETNIH SKUPINAH

9

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ANGLEŠČINA A JEZIK IN KNJIŽEVNOST (VIŠJAOSNOVNA RAVEN)

Pri predmetu je poudarek na kritičnem pristopu in interpretaciji pisnih in ustnih besedil s področja književnosti ter neleposlovnih zvrsti in ima štiri sklope Vsi štirje sklopi omogočajo dijakom učenje angleščine in književnosti povezano z njeno kulturo ter funkcionalno rabo preko medijskih oblik Tako dijaki razvijajo spretnost analiziranja književnih del in neleposlovnih besedil ter sposobnost njihove učinkovite interpretacije Najpomembnejši učni cilj je razvijanje kritične pismenosti Dijaki se učijo 6 literarnih del na višjem ter 4 dela na osnovnem nivoju iz nabora zvrsti literarnih obdobij in prostora Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis in Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband in Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMATIKA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino jezik in literatura višja in osnovna raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4PRVA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIK A MATERNI JEZIKZa vse slovenske dijake je slovenščina obvezen predmet in to na višjem nivojuV programu obravnavamo samo književnost jezikovno znanje se izkazuje le z rabo torej z lastnimi pisnimi in govornimi besedili Največja razlika glede na nacionalni program je ta da v središču ni široko podatkovno znanje o zgodovini književnosti pač pa natančen poglobljen študij manjšega števila izbranih literarnih del Ta dela ki niso vnaprej predpisana ndash učitelj jih izbira s širšega spiska možnih ndash pokrivajo različna obdobja smeri in literarne vrste Poudarek je na književnosti 20 stoletja Vsega skupaj v dveh letih obravnavamo 13 del Ob spoznavanju temeljnih sodobnejših slovenskih besedil program izpostavlja obravnavo del svetovne književnosti in s tem poudarja tudi vpogled v tuja kulturna okoljaDijaki pri pouku predvsem razvijajo veščine poglobljenega razumevanja literarnih besedil ter lastnega govornega in pisnega izražanja Vse to pokažejo tudi na večdelnem izpitu sestavljenem iz različnih esejskih besedil ter ustne predstavitve in komentarjaZa vse tuje dijake katerih materni jezik ni slovenščina se izva-jajo ure maternega jezika v manjših skupinah po 2 ali 3 ure na teden občasno pa tudi preko spleta Na II gimnaziji Maribor kot materni jezik ponujamo še naslednje predmete makedon-ščino bosanščino hrvaščino srbščino ruščino in angleščino Primer izbora literarnih del za slovenščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMATIKA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

MEDNARODNA MATURA

10

ANGLEŠČINA BTuji jeziki so obvezni del IB-programa ter jih nudimo na osnovni in višji ravni Obe ravni omogočata razvoj in krepitev govornih in pisnih jezikovnih veščin prav tako pa omogočata razvoj znanja in poznavanja kulture ciljnega jezika z uporabo avtentičnih literarnih in neliterarnih besedil II gimnazija Maribor nudi poučevanje različnih jezikov kot prvi in drugi tuji jezik po programih ki dijaka stimulirajo in mu hkrati predstavljajo akademski izziv Šola nudi jezike po dveh različnih programih in na različnih ravneh ter tako omogoča optimalni jezikovni in akademski razvoj dijaka Na začetku šolskega leta dijake razvrstimo po njihovih jezikovnih sposobnostih na osnovi diagnostičnega jezikovnega testa ter individualnega pogovora z dijakom Posebna vrlina poučevanja tujih jezikov na naši šoli so male skupine saj štejejo navadno 16 dijakov ali manj Šola nudi naslednje jezikovne programeAngleščina A Program Jezik in literatura (osnovna in višja raven) je predviden za tekoče naravne govorce angleščine ali tiste katerih jezikovno znanje se približa znanju naravnega govorca Dijaki ki uspešno opravijo ta predmet pridobijo dvojezični certifikat Biligual Diploma Ta jezikovni program nudimo samo v angleščini Jeziki B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini

DRUGA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIKI B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini Medtem ko je angleščina obvezni predmet je izbira med nemščino francoščino in španščino možna le če se za enega od teh predmetov odloči pet ali več dijakov v skupini Pristop pri poučevanju jezikov B je individualiziran dijaki z različno stopnjo predznanja pa tako lažje dosežejo želene rezultate (nekateri dijaki nimajo nobenega jezikovnega predznanja oz je le-to omejeno)

FRANCOŠČINA BProgram poučevanja francoščine kot drugi tuji jezik (French B) je določen s katalogom ki je enak za vse jezike opredeljene kot drugi tuji jezik Pomeni da so tematski sklopi pri francoščini B enaki kot pri zgoraj omenjeni nemščini B (trije osnovni sklopi in izbira dveh izmed petih dodatnih tem)Dijaki izbirajo med dvema ravnema osnovno in višjo V dvoletnem programu mednarodne mature dijaki razvijajo vse štiri kompetence bralno razumevanje slušno razumevanje pisno izražanje in govorno sporočanje V pouk vključimo tudi obravnavo dveh literarnih del (višja raven) Hkrati širijo in poglabljajo svoje znanje tako o francoski kulturi ter frankofonskih kulturah kot tudi o svoji lastni Posebnost poučevanja francoščine je v tem da pouk poteka v manjši skupini (vsaj 5) Pri tem je treba poudariti da se za francoščino v programu mednarodne mature odločijo tako slovenski dijaki kot tudi tujci (večinoma iz držav bivše Jugoslavije Srbija Črna Gora Makedonija) Ker je skupina razmeroma majhna se francoščino učimo na sproščen zanimiv in večkrat tudi individualiziran način Kako je to možno Zaradi prisotnosti tuje učiteljice za francoščino kar predstavlja še eno posebnost oz veliko dodano vrednost Se pravi da lahko z dijaki ki imajo morebiti kakšen primanjkljaj v znanju to hitro nadoknadimo v obliki individualnih ur (dijak in učitelj) In nasprotno z dijaki katerih znanje presega znanje preostalih v skupini lahko individualno delamo Poučevanje francoščine torej poteka v različnih oblikah timskega poučevanje med slovensko in tujo učiteljico Seveda pa tuja učiteljica tudi samostojno uči preverja in ocenjuje znanje

NEMŠČINA BNemščina na osnovni ali višji ravni je namenjena dijakom s predhodnim znanjem jezika Z učenjem jezika se dijaki učijo tudi o kulturah povezanih z njimOsnovna in višja raven se razlikujeta po poglobljenosti učnega načrta ter težavnostni stopnji pisnih in ustnih nalog za ocenjevanje Prav tako dijaki na višji ravni predelajo dve literarni deli Predmet vsebuje tematske sklope Trije osnovni in obvezni sklopi so komunikacija in mediji globalni problemi in družbeni odnosi Ob teh pa učitelj izbere še dve izmed petih možnih dodatnih tem ki so kulturna raznolikost navade in običaji zdravje prosti čas ter znanost in tehnologija

11

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ŠPANŠČINA Ab Initio (osnovna raven)Španščina Ab Initio je program ki je namenjen dijakom brez (večjega) predznanja iz španskega jezika Ab Initio v latinščini pomeni Od začetka Gre seveda za pospešeno učenje španščine saj je cilj dvoletnega programa zastavljen zelo ambiciozno dijaki namreč pridobijo vse potrebne veščine za sporazumevanje v vsakdanjih situacijah pri tem pa razvijajo jezikovne kompetence na vseh štirih področjih torej pri branju pisanju poslušanju in govorjenju Program temelji na treh splošnih tematskih sklopih posameznik in družba prosti čas in delo mestno in podeželsko okolje Vsak sklop pa vključuje teme ki so povezane z našim vsakdanjikom posameznik izobraževanje in delo mesto in javne ustanove hrana in pijača prosti čas in potovanja okolje zdravje in zdravniška pomoč hellipKončni izpit je sestavljen iz dveh delov pisni del ki je zunanji ter ustni del ki je interne narave Zakaj izbrati Spanish Ab InitioDandanes je španščina eden od najbolj govorjenih jezikov na svetu S približno 500 milijoni vseh govorcev je za kitajščino drugi najbolj govorjeni jezik Za angleščino je španščina drugi jezik na svetu po številu ljudi ki se ta jezik učijo Prav tako je za angleščino drugi

najbolj uporabljan jezik v mednarodni komunikaciji na internetu pa po uporabi za angleščino in kitajščino zaseda tretje mesto Na socialnih omrežjih je španščina med najbolj uporabljanimi jeziki (na Twitterju zaseda celo drugo mesto takoj za angleščino)ob trem je španščina uradni jezik v Španiji in še v 20 državah Latinske Amerike od Mehike do Argentine Prav tako je manjšinski jezik v državah kot so ZDA Kanada Belize Andora Maroko in Ekvatorialna GvinejaNikakor pa ne gre pozabiti tudi bogate kulturne dediščine ki jo preko španščine lahko spoznamo v njeni prvotni obliki Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral in Isabel Allende so špansko govorečih literati ki so nedvomno pustili velik pečat v svetovni književnosti In prav lepo je prigode najbolj znanega viteza Don Kihota brati v originalu Na neki način nam čarobnost španskega jezika približajo danes tudi mnogi filmski umetniki kot na primer Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar in Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Nenazadnje pa je španski jezik tudi vedno bolj priljubljen med mladimi po svetu in zaradi tega se veča tudi njegova raba pri medkulturnem spoznavanju in sporazumevanju

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 7: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

7

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

3 2 LASTNOSTI IB-DIJAKANamen programa mednarodne mature je spodbujanje dijakovega čuta za mednarodno ozaveščenost humanitarnost in skrb za naš planet ter oblikovanje takšnih dijakov ki ustvarjajo boljši in mirnejši svetIB-dijak želi biti raziskovalen vedoželjen misleč komunikativen načelen svobodomiseln senzibilen in empatičen pripravljen tvegati miselno konstruktiven in sposoben refleksije

3 3 PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE (INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE)

Program je sestavljen iz šestih skupin predmetov II gimnazija Maribor ponuja naslednji nabor predmetov

ff 1 skupina ŠTUDIJ JEZIKA IN LITERATURE materni jezik ali jezik A - ponujamo program književnosti na osnovni in višji ravni z izbranimi poglavji iz svetovne književnosti (slovenska ruska srbska hrvaška bosanska ali makedonska) kot jezik A ponujamo tudi angleški jezik in literaturo

ff 2 skupina USVAJANJE JEZIKA jezik B na osnovni in višji ravni (angleščina nemščina francoščina španščina Ab Initio)

ff 3 skupina POSAMEZNIK IN DRUŽBA na osnovni in višji ravni (ekonomija psihologija filozofija in zgodovina)

ff 4 skupina naravoslovne znanosti na osnovni in višji ravni (fizika kemija biologija)

ff 5 skupina MATEMATIKA na osnovni in višji ravni ff 6 skupina UMETNOST (glasba gledališče) ali dodaten predmet iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine na osnovni in višji ravni

Dijak izbere en predmet iz vsake skupine ali en dodaten predmet iz šeste skupine (iz 2 3 ali 4 skupine) Ob tem morajo dijaki izdelati razširjeni esej (Extended Essay) obiskovati predmet Teorija vednosti (Theory of knowledge) in sodelovati pri ustvarjalnih in športnih dejavnostih ter socialnem delu (OIV) Delovni jezik pri pouku je angleščina razen pri maternem jeziku in jezikih v skupini 2 Predmeti na višji ravni obsegajo 5 ur pouka na teden (skupaj 175 ur v šolskem letu) na osnovni ravni pa 4 ure pouka na teden (skupaj 140 ur v šolskem letu) Razen šestih predmetov ki so obvezni za pridobitev diplome lahko dijaki opravljajo dodatne izpite iz enega ali več predmetov Tudi dijaki mednarodne mature zaključijo izobraževanje z maturitetnimi izpiti ob koncu drugega letnika v mesecu maju

3 1 IB MISELNOST OZ FILOZOFIJAIBO si prizadeva ustvariti program ki bi dijakom omogočal da bi se razvili v vedoželjne strpne in sočutne ljudi ki bi pomagali pri ustvarjanju lepšega sveta in miru v svetu z medkulturnim razumevanjem in spoštovanjem S tem namenom IBO sodeluje s šolami vladnimi in mednarodnimi organizacijami ki ji pomagajo pri razvijanju zahtevnih učnih programov na področju mednarodnega izobraževanja in pri natančnem ter temeljitem preverjanju znanja Ti programi po vsem svetu spodbujajo dijake k različnim aktivnostim razvijanju sočutja in vseživljenjskemu učenju pa tudi k razumevanju in sprejemanju drugih ali drugačnih ljudi

3

MEDNARODNA MATURA

8

MEDNARODNA MATURA PO PREDMETNIH SKUPINAH

9

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ANGLEŠČINA A JEZIK IN KNJIŽEVNOST (VIŠJAOSNOVNA RAVEN)

Pri predmetu je poudarek na kritičnem pristopu in interpretaciji pisnih in ustnih besedil s področja književnosti ter neleposlovnih zvrsti in ima štiri sklope Vsi štirje sklopi omogočajo dijakom učenje angleščine in književnosti povezano z njeno kulturo ter funkcionalno rabo preko medijskih oblik Tako dijaki razvijajo spretnost analiziranja književnih del in neleposlovnih besedil ter sposobnost njihove učinkovite interpretacije Najpomembnejši učni cilj je razvijanje kritične pismenosti Dijaki se učijo 6 literarnih del na višjem ter 4 dela na osnovnem nivoju iz nabora zvrsti literarnih obdobij in prostora Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis in Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband in Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMATIKA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino jezik in literatura višja in osnovna raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4PRVA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIK A MATERNI JEZIKZa vse slovenske dijake je slovenščina obvezen predmet in to na višjem nivojuV programu obravnavamo samo književnost jezikovno znanje se izkazuje le z rabo torej z lastnimi pisnimi in govornimi besedili Največja razlika glede na nacionalni program je ta da v središču ni široko podatkovno znanje o zgodovini književnosti pač pa natančen poglobljen študij manjšega števila izbranih literarnih del Ta dela ki niso vnaprej predpisana ndash učitelj jih izbira s širšega spiska možnih ndash pokrivajo različna obdobja smeri in literarne vrste Poudarek je na književnosti 20 stoletja Vsega skupaj v dveh letih obravnavamo 13 del Ob spoznavanju temeljnih sodobnejših slovenskih besedil program izpostavlja obravnavo del svetovne književnosti in s tem poudarja tudi vpogled v tuja kulturna okoljaDijaki pri pouku predvsem razvijajo veščine poglobljenega razumevanja literarnih besedil ter lastnega govornega in pisnega izražanja Vse to pokažejo tudi na večdelnem izpitu sestavljenem iz različnih esejskih besedil ter ustne predstavitve in komentarjaZa vse tuje dijake katerih materni jezik ni slovenščina se izva-jajo ure maternega jezika v manjših skupinah po 2 ali 3 ure na teden občasno pa tudi preko spleta Na II gimnaziji Maribor kot materni jezik ponujamo še naslednje predmete makedon-ščino bosanščino hrvaščino srbščino ruščino in angleščino Primer izbora literarnih del za slovenščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMATIKA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

MEDNARODNA MATURA

10

ANGLEŠČINA BTuji jeziki so obvezni del IB-programa ter jih nudimo na osnovni in višji ravni Obe ravni omogočata razvoj in krepitev govornih in pisnih jezikovnih veščin prav tako pa omogočata razvoj znanja in poznavanja kulture ciljnega jezika z uporabo avtentičnih literarnih in neliterarnih besedil II gimnazija Maribor nudi poučevanje različnih jezikov kot prvi in drugi tuji jezik po programih ki dijaka stimulirajo in mu hkrati predstavljajo akademski izziv Šola nudi jezike po dveh različnih programih in na različnih ravneh ter tako omogoča optimalni jezikovni in akademski razvoj dijaka Na začetku šolskega leta dijake razvrstimo po njihovih jezikovnih sposobnostih na osnovi diagnostičnega jezikovnega testa ter individualnega pogovora z dijakom Posebna vrlina poučevanja tujih jezikov na naši šoli so male skupine saj štejejo navadno 16 dijakov ali manj Šola nudi naslednje jezikovne programeAngleščina A Program Jezik in literatura (osnovna in višja raven) je predviden za tekoče naravne govorce angleščine ali tiste katerih jezikovno znanje se približa znanju naravnega govorca Dijaki ki uspešno opravijo ta predmet pridobijo dvojezični certifikat Biligual Diploma Ta jezikovni program nudimo samo v angleščini Jeziki B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini

DRUGA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIKI B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini Medtem ko je angleščina obvezni predmet je izbira med nemščino francoščino in španščino možna le če se za enega od teh predmetov odloči pet ali več dijakov v skupini Pristop pri poučevanju jezikov B je individualiziran dijaki z različno stopnjo predznanja pa tako lažje dosežejo želene rezultate (nekateri dijaki nimajo nobenega jezikovnega predznanja oz je le-to omejeno)

FRANCOŠČINA BProgram poučevanja francoščine kot drugi tuji jezik (French B) je določen s katalogom ki je enak za vse jezike opredeljene kot drugi tuji jezik Pomeni da so tematski sklopi pri francoščini B enaki kot pri zgoraj omenjeni nemščini B (trije osnovni sklopi in izbira dveh izmed petih dodatnih tem)Dijaki izbirajo med dvema ravnema osnovno in višjo V dvoletnem programu mednarodne mature dijaki razvijajo vse štiri kompetence bralno razumevanje slušno razumevanje pisno izražanje in govorno sporočanje V pouk vključimo tudi obravnavo dveh literarnih del (višja raven) Hkrati širijo in poglabljajo svoje znanje tako o francoski kulturi ter frankofonskih kulturah kot tudi o svoji lastni Posebnost poučevanja francoščine je v tem da pouk poteka v manjši skupini (vsaj 5) Pri tem je treba poudariti da se za francoščino v programu mednarodne mature odločijo tako slovenski dijaki kot tudi tujci (večinoma iz držav bivše Jugoslavije Srbija Črna Gora Makedonija) Ker je skupina razmeroma majhna se francoščino učimo na sproščen zanimiv in večkrat tudi individualiziran način Kako je to možno Zaradi prisotnosti tuje učiteljice za francoščino kar predstavlja še eno posebnost oz veliko dodano vrednost Se pravi da lahko z dijaki ki imajo morebiti kakšen primanjkljaj v znanju to hitro nadoknadimo v obliki individualnih ur (dijak in učitelj) In nasprotno z dijaki katerih znanje presega znanje preostalih v skupini lahko individualno delamo Poučevanje francoščine torej poteka v različnih oblikah timskega poučevanje med slovensko in tujo učiteljico Seveda pa tuja učiteljica tudi samostojno uči preverja in ocenjuje znanje

NEMŠČINA BNemščina na osnovni ali višji ravni je namenjena dijakom s predhodnim znanjem jezika Z učenjem jezika se dijaki učijo tudi o kulturah povezanih z njimOsnovna in višja raven se razlikujeta po poglobljenosti učnega načrta ter težavnostni stopnji pisnih in ustnih nalog za ocenjevanje Prav tako dijaki na višji ravni predelajo dve literarni deli Predmet vsebuje tematske sklope Trije osnovni in obvezni sklopi so komunikacija in mediji globalni problemi in družbeni odnosi Ob teh pa učitelj izbere še dve izmed petih možnih dodatnih tem ki so kulturna raznolikost navade in običaji zdravje prosti čas ter znanost in tehnologija

11

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ŠPANŠČINA Ab Initio (osnovna raven)Španščina Ab Initio je program ki je namenjen dijakom brez (večjega) predznanja iz španskega jezika Ab Initio v latinščini pomeni Od začetka Gre seveda za pospešeno učenje španščine saj je cilj dvoletnega programa zastavljen zelo ambiciozno dijaki namreč pridobijo vse potrebne veščine za sporazumevanje v vsakdanjih situacijah pri tem pa razvijajo jezikovne kompetence na vseh štirih področjih torej pri branju pisanju poslušanju in govorjenju Program temelji na treh splošnih tematskih sklopih posameznik in družba prosti čas in delo mestno in podeželsko okolje Vsak sklop pa vključuje teme ki so povezane z našim vsakdanjikom posameznik izobraževanje in delo mesto in javne ustanove hrana in pijača prosti čas in potovanja okolje zdravje in zdravniška pomoč hellipKončni izpit je sestavljen iz dveh delov pisni del ki je zunanji ter ustni del ki je interne narave Zakaj izbrati Spanish Ab InitioDandanes je španščina eden od najbolj govorjenih jezikov na svetu S približno 500 milijoni vseh govorcev je za kitajščino drugi najbolj govorjeni jezik Za angleščino je španščina drugi jezik na svetu po številu ljudi ki se ta jezik učijo Prav tako je za angleščino drugi

najbolj uporabljan jezik v mednarodni komunikaciji na internetu pa po uporabi za angleščino in kitajščino zaseda tretje mesto Na socialnih omrežjih je španščina med najbolj uporabljanimi jeziki (na Twitterju zaseda celo drugo mesto takoj za angleščino)ob trem je španščina uradni jezik v Španiji in še v 20 državah Latinske Amerike od Mehike do Argentine Prav tako je manjšinski jezik v državah kot so ZDA Kanada Belize Andora Maroko in Ekvatorialna GvinejaNikakor pa ne gre pozabiti tudi bogate kulturne dediščine ki jo preko španščine lahko spoznamo v njeni prvotni obliki Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral in Isabel Allende so špansko govorečih literati ki so nedvomno pustili velik pečat v svetovni književnosti In prav lepo je prigode najbolj znanega viteza Don Kihota brati v originalu Na neki način nam čarobnost španskega jezika približajo danes tudi mnogi filmski umetniki kot na primer Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar in Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Nenazadnje pa je španski jezik tudi vedno bolj priljubljen med mladimi po svetu in zaradi tega se veča tudi njegova raba pri medkulturnem spoznavanju in sporazumevanju

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 8: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

8

MEDNARODNA MATURA PO PREDMETNIH SKUPINAH

9

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ANGLEŠČINA A JEZIK IN KNJIŽEVNOST (VIŠJAOSNOVNA RAVEN)

Pri predmetu je poudarek na kritičnem pristopu in interpretaciji pisnih in ustnih besedil s področja književnosti ter neleposlovnih zvrsti in ima štiri sklope Vsi štirje sklopi omogočajo dijakom učenje angleščine in književnosti povezano z njeno kulturo ter funkcionalno rabo preko medijskih oblik Tako dijaki razvijajo spretnost analiziranja književnih del in neleposlovnih besedil ter sposobnost njihove učinkovite interpretacije Najpomembnejši učni cilj je razvijanje kritične pismenosti Dijaki se učijo 6 literarnih del na višjem ter 4 dela na osnovnem nivoju iz nabora zvrsti literarnih obdobij in prostora Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis in Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband in Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMATIKA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino jezik in literatura višja in osnovna raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4PRVA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIK A MATERNI JEZIKZa vse slovenske dijake je slovenščina obvezen predmet in to na višjem nivojuV programu obravnavamo samo književnost jezikovno znanje se izkazuje le z rabo torej z lastnimi pisnimi in govornimi besedili Največja razlika glede na nacionalni program je ta da v središču ni široko podatkovno znanje o zgodovini književnosti pač pa natančen poglobljen študij manjšega števila izbranih literarnih del Ta dela ki niso vnaprej predpisana ndash učitelj jih izbira s širšega spiska možnih ndash pokrivajo različna obdobja smeri in literarne vrste Poudarek je na književnosti 20 stoletja Vsega skupaj v dveh letih obravnavamo 13 del Ob spoznavanju temeljnih sodobnejših slovenskih besedil program izpostavlja obravnavo del svetovne književnosti in s tem poudarja tudi vpogled v tuja kulturna okoljaDijaki pri pouku predvsem razvijajo veščine poglobljenega razumevanja literarnih besedil ter lastnega govornega in pisnega izražanja Vse to pokažejo tudi na večdelnem izpitu sestavljenem iz različnih esejskih besedil ter ustne predstavitve in komentarjaZa vse tuje dijake katerih materni jezik ni slovenščina se izva-jajo ure maternega jezika v manjših skupinah po 2 ali 3 ure na teden občasno pa tudi preko spleta Na II gimnaziji Maribor kot materni jezik ponujamo še naslednje predmete makedon-ščino bosanščino hrvaščino srbščino ruščino in angleščino Primer izbora literarnih del za slovenščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMATIKA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

MEDNARODNA MATURA

10

ANGLEŠČINA BTuji jeziki so obvezni del IB-programa ter jih nudimo na osnovni in višji ravni Obe ravni omogočata razvoj in krepitev govornih in pisnih jezikovnih veščin prav tako pa omogočata razvoj znanja in poznavanja kulture ciljnega jezika z uporabo avtentičnih literarnih in neliterarnih besedil II gimnazija Maribor nudi poučevanje različnih jezikov kot prvi in drugi tuji jezik po programih ki dijaka stimulirajo in mu hkrati predstavljajo akademski izziv Šola nudi jezike po dveh različnih programih in na različnih ravneh ter tako omogoča optimalni jezikovni in akademski razvoj dijaka Na začetku šolskega leta dijake razvrstimo po njihovih jezikovnih sposobnostih na osnovi diagnostičnega jezikovnega testa ter individualnega pogovora z dijakom Posebna vrlina poučevanja tujih jezikov na naši šoli so male skupine saj štejejo navadno 16 dijakov ali manj Šola nudi naslednje jezikovne programeAngleščina A Program Jezik in literatura (osnovna in višja raven) je predviden za tekoče naravne govorce angleščine ali tiste katerih jezikovno znanje se približa znanju naravnega govorca Dijaki ki uspešno opravijo ta predmet pridobijo dvojezični certifikat Biligual Diploma Ta jezikovni program nudimo samo v angleščini Jeziki B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini

DRUGA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIKI B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini Medtem ko je angleščina obvezni predmet je izbira med nemščino francoščino in španščino možna le če se za enega od teh predmetov odloči pet ali več dijakov v skupini Pristop pri poučevanju jezikov B je individualiziran dijaki z različno stopnjo predznanja pa tako lažje dosežejo želene rezultate (nekateri dijaki nimajo nobenega jezikovnega predznanja oz je le-to omejeno)

FRANCOŠČINA BProgram poučevanja francoščine kot drugi tuji jezik (French B) je določen s katalogom ki je enak za vse jezike opredeljene kot drugi tuji jezik Pomeni da so tematski sklopi pri francoščini B enaki kot pri zgoraj omenjeni nemščini B (trije osnovni sklopi in izbira dveh izmed petih dodatnih tem)Dijaki izbirajo med dvema ravnema osnovno in višjo V dvoletnem programu mednarodne mature dijaki razvijajo vse štiri kompetence bralno razumevanje slušno razumevanje pisno izražanje in govorno sporočanje V pouk vključimo tudi obravnavo dveh literarnih del (višja raven) Hkrati širijo in poglabljajo svoje znanje tako o francoski kulturi ter frankofonskih kulturah kot tudi o svoji lastni Posebnost poučevanja francoščine je v tem da pouk poteka v manjši skupini (vsaj 5) Pri tem je treba poudariti da se za francoščino v programu mednarodne mature odločijo tako slovenski dijaki kot tudi tujci (večinoma iz držav bivše Jugoslavije Srbija Črna Gora Makedonija) Ker je skupina razmeroma majhna se francoščino učimo na sproščen zanimiv in večkrat tudi individualiziran način Kako je to možno Zaradi prisotnosti tuje učiteljice za francoščino kar predstavlja še eno posebnost oz veliko dodano vrednost Se pravi da lahko z dijaki ki imajo morebiti kakšen primanjkljaj v znanju to hitro nadoknadimo v obliki individualnih ur (dijak in učitelj) In nasprotno z dijaki katerih znanje presega znanje preostalih v skupini lahko individualno delamo Poučevanje francoščine torej poteka v različnih oblikah timskega poučevanje med slovensko in tujo učiteljico Seveda pa tuja učiteljica tudi samostojno uči preverja in ocenjuje znanje

NEMŠČINA BNemščina na osnovni ali višji ravni je namenjena dijakom s predhodnim znanjem jezika Z učenjem jezika se dijaki učijo tudi o kulturah povezanih z njimOsnovna in višja raven se razlikujeta po poglobljenosti učnega načrta ter težavnostni stopnji pisnih in ustnih nalog za ocenjevanje Prav tako dijaki na višji ravni predelajo dve literarni deli Predmet vsebuje tematske sklope Trije osnovni in obvezni sklopi so komunikacija in mediji globalni problemi in družbeni odnosi Ob teh pa učitelj izbere še dve izmed petih možnih dodatnih tem ki so kulturna raznolikost navade in običaji zdravje prosti čas ter znanost in tehnologija

11

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ŠPANŠČINA Ab Initio (osnovna raven)Španščina Ab Initio je program ki je namenjen dijakom brez (večjega) predznanja iz španskega jezika Ab Initio v latinščini pomeni Od začetka Gre seveda za pospešeno učenje španščine saj je cilj dvoletnega programa zastavljen zelo ambiciozno dijaki namreč pridobijo vse potrebne veščine za sporazumevanje v vsakdanjih situacijah pri tem pa razvijajo jezikovne kompetence na vseh štirih področjih torej pri branju pisanju poslušanju in govorjenju Program temelji na treh splošnih tematskih sklopih posameznik in družba prosti čas in delo mestno in podeželsko okolje Vsak sklop pa vključuje teme ki so povezane z našim vsakdanjikom posameznik izobraževanje in delo mesto in javne ustanove hrana in pijača prosti čas in potovanja okolje zdravje in zdravniška pomoč hellipKončni izpit je sestavljen iz dveh delov pisni del ki je zunanji ter ustni del ki je interne narave Zakaj izbrati Spanish Ab InitioDandanes je španščina eden od najbolj govorjenih jezikov na svetu S približno 500 milijoni vseh govorcev je za kitajščino drugi najbolj govorjeni jezik Za angleščino je španščina drugi jezik na svetu po številu ljudi ki se ta jezik učijo Prav tako je za angleščino drugi

najbolj uporabljan jezik v mednarodni komunikaciji na internetu pa po uporabi za angleščino in kitajščino zaseda tretje mesto Na socialnih omrežjih je španščina med najbolj uporabljanimi jeziki (na Twitterju zaseda celo drugo mesto takoj za angleščino)ob trem je španščina uradni jezik v Španiji in še v 20 državah Latinske Amerike od Mehike do Argentine Prav tako je manjšinski jezik v državah kot so ZDA Kanada Belize Andora Maroko in Ekvatorialna GvinejaNikakor pa ne gre pozabiti tudi bogate kulturne dediščine ki jo preko španščine lahko spoznamo v njeni prvotni obliki Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral in Isabel Allende so špansko govorečih literati ki so nedvomno pustili velik pečat v svetovni književnosti In prav lepo je prigode najbolj znanega viteza Don Kihota brati v originalu Na neki način nam čarobnost španskega jezika približajo danes tudi mnogi filmski umetniki kot na primer Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar in Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Nenazadnje pa je španski jezik tudi vedno bolj priljubljen med mladimi po svetu in zaradi tega se veča tudi njegova raba pri medkulturnem spoznavanju in sporazumevanju

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 9: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

9

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ANGLEŠČINA A JEZIK IN KNJIŽEVNOST (VIŠJAOSNOVNA RAVEN)

Pri predmetu je poudarek na kritičnem pristopu in interpretaciji pisnih in ustnih besedil s področja književnosti ter neleposlovnih zvrsti in ima štiri sklope Vsi štirje sklopi omogočajo dijakom učenje angleščine in književnosti povezano z njeno kulturo ter funkcionalno rabo preko medijskih oblik Tako dijaki razvijajo spretnost analiziranja književnih del in neleposlovnih besedil ter sposobnost njihove učinkovite interpretacije Najpomembnejši učni cilj je razvijanje kritične pismenosti Dijaki se učijo 6 literarnih del na višjem ter 4 dela na osnovnem nivoju iz nabora zvrsti literarnih obdobij in prostora Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis in Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband in Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMATIKA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

Primer izbora literarnih del za angleščino jezik in literatura višja in osnovna raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4PRVA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIK A MATERNI JEZIKZa vse slovenske dijake je slovenščina obvezen predmet in to na višjem nivojuV programu obravnavamo samo književnost jezikovno znanje se izkazuje le z rabo torej z lastnimi pisnimi in govornimi besedili Največja razlika glede na nacionalni program je ta da v središču ni široko podatkovno znanje o zgodovini književnosti pač pa natančen poglobljen študij manjšega števila izbranih literarnih del Ta dela ki niso vnaprej predpisana ndash učitelj jih izbira s širšega spiska možnih ndash pokrivajo različna obdobja smeri in literarne vrste Poudarek je na književnosti 20 stoletja Vsega skupaj v dveh letih obravnavamo 13 del Ob spoznavanju temeljnih sodobnejših slovenskih besedil program izpostavlja obravnavo del svetovne književnosti in s tem poudarja tudi vpogled v tuja kulturna okoljaDijaki pri pouku predvsem razvijajo veščine poglobljenega razumevanja literarnih besedil ter lastnega govornega in pisnega izražanja Vse to pokažejo tudi na večdelnem izpitu sestavljenem iz različnih esejskih besedil ter ustne predstavitve in komentarjaZa vse tuje dijake katerih materni jezik ni slovenščina se izva-jajo ure maternega jezika v manjših skupinah po 2 ali 3 ure na teden občasno pa tudi preko spleta Na II gimnaziji Maribor kot materni jezik ponujamo še naslednje predmete makedon-ščino bosanščino hrvaščino srbščino ruščino in angleščino Primer izbora literarnih del za slovenščino višja raven za šolsko leto 201416

ff SVETOVNA KNJIŽEVNOST Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff PODROBNE ŠTUDIJE Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMATIKA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff PROSTA IZBIRA ŠOLE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

MEDNARODNA MATURA

10

ANGLEŠČINA BTuji jeziki so obvezni del IB-programa ter jih nudimo na osnovni in višji ravni Obe ravni omogočata razvoj in krepitev govornih in pisnih jezikovnih veščin prav tako pa omogočata razvoj znanja in poznavanja kulture ciljnega jezika z uporabo avtentičnih literarnih in neliterarnih besedil II gimnazija Maribor nudi poučevanje različnih jezikov kot prvi in drugi tuji jezik po programih ki dijaka stimulirajo in mu hkrati predstavljajo akademski izziv Šola nudi jezike po dveh različnih programih in na različnih ravneh ter tako omogoča optimalni jezikovni in akademski razvoj dijaka Na začetku šolskega leta dijake razvrstimo po njihovih jezikovnih sposobnostih na osnovi diagnostičnega jezikovnega testa ter individualnega pogovora z dijakom Posebna vrlina poučevanja tujih jezikov na naši šoli so male skupine saj štejejo navadno 16 dijakov ali manj Šola nudi naslednje jezikovne programeAngleščina A Program Jezik in literatura (osnovna in višja raven) je predviden za tekoče naravne govorce angleščine ali tiste katerih jezikovno znanje se približa znanju naravnega govorca Dijaki ki uspešno opravijo ta predmet pridobijo dvojezični certifikat Biligual Diploma Ta jezikovni program nudimo samo v angleščini Jeziki B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini

DRUGA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIKI B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini Medtem ko je angleščina obvezni predmet je izbira med nemščino francoščino in španščino možna le če se za enega od teh predmetov odloči pet ali več dijakov v skupini Pristop pri poučevanju jezikov B je individualiziran dijaki z različno stopnjo predznanja pa tako lažje dosežejo želene rezultate (nekateri dijaki nimajo nobenega jezikovnega predznanja oz je le-to omejeno)

FRANCOŠČINA BProgram poučevanja francoščine kot drugi tuji jezik (French B) je določen s katalogom ki je enak za vse jezike opredeljene kot drugi tuji jezik Pomeni da so tematski sklopi pri francoščini B enaki kot pri zgoraj omenjeni nemščini B (trije osnovni sklopi in izbira dveh izmed petih dodatnih tem)Dijaki izbirajo med dvema ravnema osnovno in višjo V dvoletnem programu mednarodne mature dijaki razvijajo vse štiri kompetence bralno razumevanje slušno razumevanje pisno izražanje in govorno sporočanje V pouk vključimo tudi obravnavo dveh literarnih del (višja raven) Hkrati širijo in poglabljajo svoje znanje tako o francoski kulturi ter frankofonskih kulturah kot tudi o svoji lastni Posebnost poučevanja francoščine je v tem da pouk poteka v manjši skupini (vsaj 5) Pri tem je treba poudariti da se za francoščino v programu mednarodne mature odločijo tako slovenski dijaki kot tudi tujci (večinoma iz držav bivše Jugoslavije Srbija Črna Gora Makedonija) Ker je skupina razmeroma majhna se francoščino učimo na sproščen zanimiv in večkrat tudi individualiziran način Kako je to možno Zaradi prisotnosti tuje učiteljice za francoščino kar predstavlja še eno posebnost oz veliko dodano vrednost Se pravi da lahko z dijaki ki imajo morebiti kakšen primanjkljaj v znanju to hitro nadoknadimo v obliki individualnih ur (dijak in učitelj) In nasprotno z dijaki katerih znanje presega znanje preostalih v skupini lahko individualno delamo Poučevanje francoščine torej poteka v različnih oblikah timskega poučevanje med slovensko in tujo učiteljico Seveda pa tuja učiteljica tudi samostojno uči preverja in ocenjuje znanje

NEMŠČINA BNemščina na osnovni ali višji ravni je namenjena dijakom s predhodnim znanjem jezika Z učenjem jezika se dijaki učijo tudi o kulturah povezanih z njimOsnovna in višja raven se razlikujeta po poglobljenosti učnega načrta ter težavnostni stopnji pisnih in ustnih nalog za ocenjevanje Prav tako dijaki na višji ravni predelajo dve literarni deli Predmet vsebuje tematske sklope Trije osnovni in obvezni sklopi so komunikacija in mediji globalni problemi in družbeni odnosi Ob teh pa učitelj izbere še dve izmed petih možnih dodatnih tem ki so kulturna raznolikost navade in običaji zdravje prosti čas ter znanost in tehnologija

11

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ŠPANŠČINA Ab Initio (osnovna raven)Španščina Ab Initio je program ki je namenjen dijakom brez (večjega) predznanja iz španskega jezika Ab Initio v latinščini pomeni Od začetka Gre seveda za pospešeno učenje španščine saj je cilj dvoletnega programa zastavljen zelo ambiciozno dijaki namreč pridobijo vse potrebne veščine za sporazumevanje v vsakdanjih situacijah pri tem pa razvijajo jezikovne kompetence na vseh štirih področjih torej pri branju pisanju poslušanju in govorjenju Program temelji na treh splošnih tematskih sklopih posameznik in družba prosti čas in delo mestno in podeželsko okolje Vsak sklop pa vključuje teme ki so povezane z našim vsakdanjikom posameznik izobraževanje in delo mesto in javne ustanove hrana in pijača prosti čas in potovanja okolje zdravje in zdravniška pomoč hellipKončni izpit je sestavljen iz dveh delov pisni del ki je zunanji ter ustni del ki je interne narave Zakaj izbrati Spanish Ab InitioDandanes je španščina eden od najbolj govorjenih jezikov na svetu S približno 500 milijoni vseh govorcev je za kitajščino drugi najbolj govorjeni jezik Za angleščino je španščina drugi jezik na svetu po številu ljudi ki se ta jezik učijo Prav tako je za angleščino drugi

najbolj uporabljan jezik v mednarodni komunikaciji na internetu pa po uporabi za angleščino in kitajščino zaseda tretje mesto Na socialnih omrežjih je španščina med najbolj uporabljanimi jeziki (na Twitterju zaseda celo drugo mesto takoj za angleščino)ob trem je španščina uradni jezik v Španiji in še v 20 državah Latinske Amerike od Mehike do Argentine Prav tako je manjšinski jezik v državah kot so ZDA Kanada Belize Andora Maroko in Ekvatorialna GvinejaNikakor pa ne gre pozabiti tudi bogate kulturne dediščine ki jo preko španščine lahko spoznamo v njeni prvotni obliki Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral in Isabel Allende so špansko govorečih literati ki so nedvomno pustili velik pečat v svetovni književnosti In prav lepo je prigode najbolj znanega viteza Don Kihota brati v originalu Na neki način nam čarobnost španskega jezika približajo danes tudi mnogi filmski umetniki kot na primer Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar in Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Nenazadnje pa je španski jezik tudi vedno bolj priljubljen med mladimi po svetu in zaradi tega se veča tudi njegova raba pri medkulturnem spoznavanju in sporazumevanju

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 10: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

10

ANGLEŠČINA BTuji jeziki so obvezni del IB-programa ter jih nudimo na osnovni in višji ravni Obe ravni omogočata razvoj in krepitev govornih in pisnih jezikovnih veščin prav tako pa omogočata razvoj znanja in poznavanja kulture ciljnega jezika z uporabo avtentičnih literarnih in neliterarnih besedil II gimnazija Maribor nudi poučevanje različnih jezikov kot prvi in drugi tuji jezik po programih ki dijaka stimulirajo in mu hkrati predstavljajo akademski izziv Šola nudi jezike po dveh različnih programih in na različnih ravneh ter tako omogoča optimalni jezikovni in akademski razvoj dijaka Na začetku šolskega leta dijake razvrstimo po njihovih jezikovnih sposobnostih na osnovi diagnostičnega jezikovnega testa ter individualnega pogovora z dijakom Posebna vrlina poučevanja tujih jezikov na naši šoli so male skupine saj štejejo navadno 16 dijakov ali manj Šola nudi naslednje jezikovne programeAngleščina A Program Jezik in literatura (osnovna in višja raven) je predviden za tekoče naravne govorce angleščine ali tiste katerih jezikovno znanje se približa znanju naravnega govorca Dijaki ki uspešno opravijo ta predmet pridobijo dvojezični certifikat Biligual Diploma Ta jezikovni program nudimo samo v angleščini Jeziki B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini

DRUGA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

JEZIKI B (osnovna in višja raven) so namenjeni tistim dijakom ki so se angleščine učili izven okolja kjer je ciljni jezik govorjen kot materni jezik Te jezikovne programe nudimo v angleščini nemščini francoščini in španščini Medtem ko je angleščina obvezni predmet je izbira med nemščino francoščino in španščino možna le če se za enega od teh predmetov odloči pet ali več dijakov v skupini Pristop pri poučevanju jezikov B je individualiziran dijaki z različno stopnjo predznanja pa tako lažje dosežejo želene rezultate (nekateri dijaki nimajo nobenega jezikovnega predznanja oz je le-to omejeno)

FRANCOŠČINA BProgram poučevanja francoščine kot drugi tuji jezik (French B) je določen s katalogom ki je enak za vse jezike opredeljene kot drugi tuji jezik Pomeni da so tematski sklopi pri francoščini B enaki kot pri zgoraj omenjeni nemščini B (trije osnovni sklopi in izbira dveh izmed petih dodatnih tem)Dijaki izbirajo med dvema ravnema osnovno in višjo V dvoletnem programu mednarodne mature dijaki razvijajo vse štiri kompetence bralno razumevanje slušno razumevanje pisno izražanje in govorno sporočanje V pouk vključimo tudi obravnavo dveh literarnih del (višja raven) Hkrati širijo in poglabljajo svoje znanje tako o francoski kulturi ter frankofonskih kulturah kot tudi o svoji lastni Posebnost poučevanja francoščine je v tem da pouk poteka v manjši skupini (vsaj 5) Pri tem je treba poudariti da se za francoščino v programu mednarodne mature odločijo tako slovenski dijaki kot tudi tujci (večinoma iz držav bivše Jugoslavije Srbija Črna Gora Makedonija) Ker je skupina razmeroma majhna se francoščino učimo na sproščen zanimiv in večkrat tudi individualiziran način Kako je to možno Zaradi prisotnosti tuje učiteljice za francoščino kar predstavlja še eno posebnost oz veliko dodano vrednost Se pravi da lahko z dijaki ki imajo morebiti kakšen primanjkljaj v znanju to hitro nadoknadimo v obliki individualnih ur (dijak in učitelj) In nasprotno z dijaki katerih znanje presega znanje preostalih v skupini lahko individualno delamo Poučevanje francoščine torej poteka v različnih oblikah timskega poučevanje med slovensko in tujo učiteljico Seveda pa tuja učiteljica tudi samostojno uči preverja in ocenjuje znanje

NEMŠČINA BNemščina na osnovni ali višji ravni je namenjena dijakom s predhodnim znanjem jezika Z učenjem jezika se dijaki učijo tudi o kulturah povezanih z njimOsnovna in višja raven se razlikujeta po poglobljenosti učnega načrta ter težavnostni stopnji pisnih in ustnih nalog za ocenjevanje Prav tako dijaki na višji ravni predelajo dve literarni deli Predmet vsebuje tematske sklope Trije osnovni in obvezni sklopi so komunikacija in mediji globalni problemi in družbeni odnosi Ob teh pa učitelj izbere še dve izmed petih možnih dodatnih tem ki so kulturna raznolikost navade in običaji zdravje prosti čas ter znanost in tehnologija

11

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ŠPANŠČINA Ab Initio (osnovna raven)Španščina Ab Initio je program ki je namenjen dijakom brez (večjega) predznanja iz španskega jezika Ab Initio v latinščini pomeni Od začetka Gre seveda za pospešeno učenje španščine saj je cilj dvoletnega programa zastavljen zelo ambiciozno dijaki namreč pridobijo vse potrebne veščine za sporazumevanje v vsakdanjih situacijah pri tem pa razvijajo jezikovne kompetence na vseh štirih področjih torej pri branju pisanju poslušanju in govorjenju Program temelji na treh splošnih tematskih sklopih posameznik in družba prosti čas in delo mestno in podeželsko okolje Vsak sklop pa vključuje teme ki so povezane z našim vsakdanjikom posameznik izobraževanje in delo mesto in javne ustanove hrana in pijača prosti čas in potovanja okolje zdravje in zdravniška pomoč hellipKončni izpit je sestavljen iz dveh delov pisni del ki je zunanji ter ustni del ki je interne narave Zakaj izbrati Spanish Ab InitioDandanes je španščina eden od najbolj govorjenih jezikov na svetu S približno 500 milijoni vseh govorcev je za kitajščino drugi najbolj govorjeni jezik Za angleščino je španščina drugi jezik na svetu po številu ljudi ki se ta jezik učijo Prav tako je za angleščino drugi

najbolj uporabljan jezik v mednarodni komunikaciji na internetu pa po uporabi za angleščino in kitajščino zaseda tretje mesto Na socialnih omrežjih je španščina med najbolj uporabljanimi jeziki (na Twitterju zaseda celo drugo mesto takoj za angleščino)ob trem je španščina uradni jezik v Španiji in še v 20 državah Latinske Amerike od Mehike do Argentine Prav tako je manjšinski jezik v državah kot so ZDA Kanada Belize Andora Maroko in Ekvatorialna GvinejaNikakor pa ne gre pozabiti tudi bogate kulturne dediščine ki jo preko španščine lahko spoznamo v njeni prvotni obliki Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral in Isabel Allende so špansko govorečih literati ki so nedvomno pustili velik pečat v svetovni književnosti In prav lepo je prigode najbolj znanega viteza Don Kihota brati v originalu Na neki način nam čarobnost španskega jezika približajo danes tudi mnogi filmski umetniki kot na primer Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar in Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Nenazadnje pa je španski jezik tudi vedno bolj priljubljen med mladimi po svetu in zaradi tega se veča tudi njegova raba pri medkulturnem spoznavanju in sporazumevanju

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 11: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

11

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

ŠPANŠČINA Ab Initio (osnovna raven)Španščina Ab Initio je program ki je namenjen dijakom brez (večjega) predznanja iz španskega jezika Ab Initio v latinščini pomeni Od začetka Gre seveda za pospešeno učenje španščine saj je cilj dvoletnega programa zastavljen zelo ambiciozno dijaki namreč pridobijo vse potrebne veščine za sporazumevanje v vsakdanjih situacijah pri tem pa razvijajo jezikovne kompetence na vseh štirih področjih torej pri branju pisanju poslušanju in govorjenju Program temelji na treh splošnih tematskih sklopih posameznik in družba prosti čas in delo mestno in podeželsko okolje Vsak sklop pa vključuje teme ki so povezane z našim vsakdanjikom posameznik izobraževanje in delo mesto in javne ustanove hrana in pijača prosti čas in potovanja okolje zdravje in zdravniška pomoč hellipKončni izpit je sestavljen iz dveh delov pisni del ki je zunanji ter ustni del ki je interne narave Zakaj izbrati Spanish Ab InitioDandanes je španščina eden od najbolj govorjenih jezikov na svetu S približno 500 milijoni vseh govorcev je za kitajščino drugi najbolj govorjeni jezik Za angleščino je španščina drugi jezik na svetu po številu ljudi ki se ta jezik učijo Prav tako je za angleščino drugi

najbolj uporabljan jezik v mednarodni komunikaciji na internetu pa po uporabi za angleščino in kitajščino zaseda tretje mesto Na socialnih omrežjih je španščina med najbolj uporabljanimi jeziki (na Twitterju zaseda celo drugo mesto takoj za angleščino)ob trem je španščina uradni jezik v Španiji in še v 20 državah Latinske Amerike od Mehike do Argentine Prav tako je manjšinski jezik v državah kot so ZDA Kanada Belize Andora Maroko in Ekvatorialna GvinejaNikakor pa ne gre pozabiti tudi bogate kulturne dediščine ki jo preko španščine lahko spoznamo v njeni prvotni obliki Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral in Isabel Allende so špansko govorečih literati ki so nedvomno pustili velik pečat v svetovni književnosti In prav lepo je prigode najbolj znanega viteza Don Kihota brati v originalu Na neki način nam čarobnost španskega jezika približajo danes tudi mnogi filmski umetniki kot na primer Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar in Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Nenazadnje pa je španski jezik tudi vedno bolj priljubljen med mladimi po svetu in zaradi tega se veča tudi njegova raba pri medkulturnem spoznavanju in sporazumevanju

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 12: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

12

EKONOMIJAEkonomija je družbena veda ki se ukvarja s problemi kot so omejenost dobrin kako družbe uporabljajo redke razpoložljive vire za proizvodnjo potrebnih dobrin in kako te razdeljujejo med člane družbe Dijaki ki izberejo predmet ekonomija ne potrebujejo predhodnega znanja s tega področja Čeprav zahteva predmet poznavanje in razumevanje teoretičnih konceptov je predmet z uporabo primerov iz vsakdanjosti zelo aplikativenUčni načrt predmeta ekonomija pokriva področje mikroekonomije ki se ukvarja z osnovnimi ekonomskimi koncepti kot so omejenost dobrin problem izbire delovanje trga in tem kako delujejo podjetja na trgih ki so ali zelo konkurenčni ali pa omejeni npr monopolni Makroekonomija pokriva vsebine kot so gospodarska rast naraščanje cen nezaposlenost in vloga države Poseben poudarek predmeta ekonomije v programu IB kar je tudi njegova posebnost je na vsebinah s področja mednarodne ekonomije in ekonomije držav v razvoju Prav zato je pomembno da dijaki s prebiranjem dnevnega časopisja revij s področja gospodarstva in gledanjem televizijskih oddaj ki obravnavajo gospodarsko problematiko spremljajo aktualna dogajanja v svetu V šolski knjižnici je na voljo The Economist in nekateri slovenski časopisi ter dostop do on-line baz s številnimi strokovnimi revijami Tudi ocenjevanje znanja je zasnovano tako da zahteva od dijaka uporabo znanja pridobljenega pri predmetu pri reševanju problemov iz vsakdana Predmet ekonomija ima spletno učilnico v kateri so dijakom na voljo predstavitve delovni listi in številne dodatne vsebine s katerimi skušamo narediti predmet dijakom prijazen zanimiv in uporaben Dijaki ki bodo izbrali predmet ekonomija bodo spoznali da je ekonomija uporabna veda hkrati pa fascinantna in kot taka prav gotovo izziv za vsakogar Navsezadnje ekonomija je med vedami ki jih človeštvo nagrajuje z Nobelovo nagrado

TRETJA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FILOZOFIJAFilozofija je sistematično in kritično raziskovanje temeljnih in prav zato vznemirljivih vprašanj kot npr

ff Kaj se pravi biti človekff Ali imamo svobodno voljoff Kaj imamo v mislih ko rečemo da je neko dejanje moralno ali nemoralno

To niso abstraktna nepraktična in neživljenjska vprašanja saj izvirajo iz samega jedra vsakdanjega izkustva in so nenehno del našega življenja Toda kljub vsakdanjosti odgovori ne ležijo na dlani temveč moramo v iskanju pojasnil uporabiti filozofska orodja kot so kritično in sistematično mišljenje pazljivo analiziranje in oblikovanje prepričljivih argumentov S filozofskim udejstvovanjem poglobimo in kolikor je mogoče razjasnimo naše razumevanje teh in podobnih vprašanjFilozofija daje dijakom možnost da se srečajo z nekaterimi najbolj zanimivimi in vplivnimi misleci Ob poglobljenem teoretskem razumevanja sebe in sveta pridobimo z ukvarjanjem s filozofskimi problemi tudi praktične spretnosti ki so uporabljive na najraznovrstnejših področjih to je sposobnost jasnega oblikovanja argumentov razumnega presojanja v različnih situacijah in analiziranja mnogovrstnih tudi zelo kompleksnih vprašanjFilozofija v IB-programu spodbuja raquodelanje filozofijelaquo se pravi samostojno filozofsko dejavnost dijakov Predmet poskuša kar najbolj razvneti radovednost dijakov in jih navdušiti za premislek o lastni perspektivi kakor tudi o stališčih drugih Predmet izziva dijake da razvijejo svoj lasten filozofski glas in da se oblikujejo v samostojne misleceFilozofija je sestavljena iz jedrne teme izbirnih tem predpisanega besedila in na višji ravni raziskave filozofske dejavnostiJEDRNA TEMA (core theme) se imenuje raquoBiti človeklaquo in obravnava bistvene pojme in vprašanja ki zadevajo obstoj človeka kot posameznika in kot člana družbe Gre za vrsto zanimivih in izzivajočih vprašanj kot npr

ff Problem duha in telesa (odnos med duhom in telesom ali lahko duševne lastnosti pojasnimo s fizikalnimi pojmi ipd)

ff Kaj določa identiteto človeka (razum čustva družba posameznikova svobodna izbira)

ff Kaj se pravi biti svoboden in ali človek je svoboden (razprava o svobodi in determinizmu)

ff Kaj so vrednote in kako nastanejoff Kako je posameznik določen z odnosom drugihff V čem in koliko se človek razlikuje od drugih živalskih vrstff Ali lahko živalim in morda celo robotom pripišemo lastnost da so osebe

IZBIRNIH TEM je sedemff estetikaff epistemologijaff etikaff filozofija in sodobna družbaff filozofija religijeff filozofija znanosti inff politična filozofija

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 13: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

13

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Že imena posamičnih filozofskih disciplin nakazujejo katera zanimiva in večkrat pereča vprašanja jih sestavljajo Na osnovni ravni dijaki izberejo eno na višji ravni pa dve izbirni temiPredpisanih filozofskih besedil je 12 tako na osnovni kakor na višji ravni dijaki izberejo eno delo ki se pri pouku poglobljeno obravnava Besedila predstavljajo najboljše iz svetovne filozofske zakladnice med drugimi so na izbiro Platonova Država O genealogiji morale Friedricha Nietzscheja O svoboščinah Johna Stuarta Milla O življenju ki ga lahko rešiš Petra SingerjaTako imenovano raquoraziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo se osredotoča na raziskavo funkcij in metod filozofije Razen kritične filozofske analize same filozofije se dijaki ukvarjajo tudi z razmišljanjem o lastnem raquodelanju filozofijelaquo raquoRaziskovanje filozofske dejavnostilaquo poteka samo na višji ravni PSIHOLOGIJAPsihologijo danes najustrezneje opredelimo kot sistematično preučevanje vedenja in doživljanja Dijakom znanje psihologije omogoča boljše razumevanje lastnega vedenja in vedenja drugih ljudi ter spoštovanje medosebnih razlik v vedenju Osnovo programa sestavljajo v prvem letu trije vidiki analize vedenja biološki (npr vpliv živčnih prenosnikov in možganskih poškodb na naše vedenje) kognitivni (npr kako deluje spomin vsiljeni napačni spomini vpliv čustev na spomin) in družbenokulturni (npr stereotipi konformizem tehnike podrejanja) Interakcija med temi tremi osnovnimi dejavniki določa vedenje razlage z vseh treh vidikov se med seboj dopolnjujejo in skupaj predstavljajo najboljše razumevanje vedenja V drugem letu obravnavamo na višji ravni dve dodatni področji psihopatologija in psihologija medosebnih odnosov Dijaki si na osnovni ravni izberejo le eno od teh dveh možnosti Možnost psihopatologija obravnava diagnosticiranje razlago in obravnavo ljudi z duševnimi motnjami Razumevanje težav povezanih z opredeljevanjem normalnosti in diagnosticiranjem predstavlja osnovo za poglobljeno obravnavo dveh motenj depresije in anoreksije Dijaki se seznanijo tudi z oblikami terapije teh dveh motenj - biološke (npr zdravila elektro-konvulzivna terapija in šport) ter individualne in skupinske psihoterapije Podrobneje obravnavamo kognitivno-vedenjsko terapijo Možnost psihologija medosebnih odnosov najprej obravnava izvor altruizma in prosocialnega vedenja Sledijo razlage o izvoru medsebojne privlačnosti in pomen komunikacije ter kulturnih vplivov v medosebnih odnosih Učimo se tudi o vzrokih za razpad medosebnih razmerij Zadnji del možnosti obravnava nasilje s poudarkom na nasilju v družini in metode s katerimi je mogoče nasilje preprečevati ali omejevati Pomemben del programa je tudi metodologija psihološkega raziskovanja z etičnimi principi ter uporaba statističnih

metod Na osnovi ravni gre le za opisno statistiko npr aritmetična sredina in standardna deviacija medtem ko se dijaki na višji ravni naučijo tudi metod statističnega sklepanja npr t-test To znanje dijaki potrebujejo za vrednotenje raziskav o katerih se učimo in za obvezno izvedbo eksperimenta npr ugotavljanje zanesljivosti spomina očividcev v primeru avtomobilske nesreče Dijaki se na višji ravni naučijo tudi kvalitativnih metod kot so npr študija primera ali intervju ki jih uporabljamo v psihološkem raziskovanju Vsa obravnavana poglavja so dijakom na voljo v obliki predstavitev iz elektronskih prosojnic na spletni strani učiteljice imajo pa tudi enega ali več učbenikov ki so napisani posebej za psihologijo v programu mednarodne mature Cilji predmeta psihologija na osnovni in višji ravni so

ff razlaga inali izvedba psiholoških raziskav s katerimi lahko pomagamo ljudem

ff upoštevanje etičnih principov pri psiholoških raziskavahff razumevanje bioloških socialnih in kulturnih vplivov na vedenje ljudi

ff razumevanje različnih teoretičnih procesov s katerimi je mogoče razložiti vedenje ter spoznavanje kako lahko ti procesi prispevajo k oblikovanju in vrednotenju psiholoških teorij

ff seznanitev z uporabo psihologije v vsakdanjem življenjuff seznanitev z eklektičnostjo psihologije kot znanostiff razumevanje in uporaba različnih metod psihološkega raziskovanja

ZGODOVINAIB zgodovina zagotavlja dijakom vpogled v preteklost na globalni ravni in posledično boljše razumevanje sedanjosti Skozi različne teme bomo zgradili znanje ki bo omogočilo dijakom razumske interpretacije kritično mišljenje smiselno povezovanje in predvsem trdno argumentiranje naučenega Zgodovina skozi različna obdobja in regije sveta prikaže povezave znotraj časa in krajaIB zgodovina zavzema obdobja znotraj 20 stoletja s poudarkom na avtoritarnih državah vzrokih in posledicah vojn 20 stoletja hladni vojni in dogajanjem pred svetovnima vojnama Na višji stopnji se bomo poglobili v ruski imperij in evropske države v medvojnem obdobju Na koncu bomo pojasnili centralno in vzhodno Evropo v obdobju po 2svetovni vojni

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 14: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

14

BIOLOGIJABiologija je veda o življenju V celotnem obdobju evolucije naj bi nastalo okoli štiri milijone različnih vrst Prav razsežnost raznolikosti živih bitij je tista ki v največji meri prispeva k navdušenju nad biologijo in predstavlja temeljni vir navdiha za raziskovanje na področju biologije Biologi poskušajo življenje razumeti na vseh nivojih za kar uporabljajo različne pristope Osnovni nivo raziskovanja predstavlja molekulska sestava celic in kompleksne presnovne reakcije ki potekajo v celici Drug skrajni konec raziskovanja na področju biologije predstavljajo povezave ki omogočajo delovanje nekega ekosistema kot celote V svojem bistvu biologija temelji na raziskovalnem pristopu kar je tudi osnova celotnega predmeta biologija v okviru programa mednarodne mature Dijaki na osnovnem in višjem nivoju si delijo skupni osnovni del učnega načrta enak sistem pridobivanja interne ocene in nekatere dele izbirnih vsebin Med tem ko so veščine in aktivnosti ki jih morajo dijaki osvojiti skupne tako za dijake na osnovnem kot tudi za dijake na višjem nivoju pa morajo slednji osvojiti nekatere dodatne vsebine kot tudi skupne izbirne vsebine na bolj poglobljen način Višji nivo se torej od osnovnega razlikuje po večji širini in globini Učni načrtOSNOVNI DEL (95 ur )

ff Biologija celiceff Molekularna biologijaff Genetikaff Ekologijaff Evolucija in biotska raznovrstnost ff Fiziologija človeka Human

DODATEN VIŠJI NIVO (60 ur)ff Nukleinske kislineff Presnova celično dihanje in fotosintezaff Plant biologyff Genetika in evolucija ff Fiziologija živali

IZBIRNI DEL (15 ur za osnovni nivo in 25 ur za višji nivo) ff Nevrobiologija in vedenje ff Biotehnologija in bioinformatikaff Ekologija in ohranjanje vrstff Fiziologija človeka

PRAKTIČNI DEL (40 ur za osnovni nivo in 60 ur za višji nivo) ff Praktično laboratorijsko in terensko deloff Individualna raziskava (za pridobitev interne ocene) ff Projekt predmetov iz skupine G4

ČETRTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

FIZIKAFizika je ena izmed najstarejših in najosnovnejših znanstvenih disciplin Ukvarja se z osnovnimi zakonitostmi narave in je zato temelj ostalim naravoslovnim in tehničnim ndash zmeraj bolj pa tudi družboslovnim ndash vedam Fizika skuša raziskati naravne pojave z eksperimenti in jih opisati z matematičnimi modeli Oba pristopa sta bistvena in enako pomembna čeprav je eksperimentalni vidik fizike v srednji šoli pogosto zanemarjen Učni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature je zasnovan tako da poudarja pomen merjenja in analize podatkov hkrati pa da dijakom poglobljeno razumevanje najpomembnejših fizikalnih konceptov V primerjavi s fiziko v nacionalnih programih pokriva fizika v mednarodni maturi širše tematsko področje je bolj poglobljena in aktualnejšaUčni načrt fizike v programu mednarodne mature sestavljajo jedro (Core) dodatne vsebine višje ravni (AHL) in izbirne teme (Options) Jedro na osnovni ravni pokriva klasična poglavja fizike kot so mehanika termodinamika nihanje in valovanje elektrika in magnetizem ter atomska in jedrska fizika Dijakom nudi razumevanje osnovnih fizikalnih principov in pojavov To znanje lahko dijaki poglobijo in razširijo z vsebinami višje ravni kjer se srečajo z zahtevnejšimi fizikalnimi koncepti kot so valovni pojavi polja elektromagnetna indukcija ter kvantna fizika Glede na zanimanje dijaki izberejo še dodatno izbirno temo s katero pridobijo poglobljena znanja iz teorije relativnosti inženirske fizike optike in slikanja v medicini ali astrofizike Del učnega načrta je tudi praktično delo ki vsebuje opravljanje eksperimentalnih vaj izvedbo skupnega projekta z ostalimi eksperimentalnimi vedami (Group 4 Project) in pripravo samostojnega raziskovalnega projekta ki predstavlja del ocene na maturi (Internal Assessment)Fizika v programu mednarodne mature je odlična izbira za vse dijake ki želijo študirati na naravoslovnih tehničnih ali medicinskih fakultetah in seveda za vse tiste ki jih zanima kako v resnici deluje narava

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 15: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

15

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

skupni osnovni učni načrt in enotno notranjo (interno) ocenjevalno shemo Dijaki na višji ravni zahtevnosti imajo pri vsakem poglavju še dodatne cilje ki jim omogočajo poglobljeno in širše razumevanje obravnavanih tem Praktičen pristop k izvajanju predmeta je poudarjen tudi z izvedbo ti G4 projekta kjer se preko krajših in daljših poskusov ter raziskav srečajo vse trije naravoslovni predmeti ki jih na II gimnaziji ponujamo (fizika kemija in biologija) Interna ocena predstavlja 20 končne ocene in jo dijaki pridobijo preko samostojne izvedbe krajše raziskave v obsegu 10 ur Ta raziskava je lahko laboratorijsko delo uporaba baz podatkov modeliranje simulacija ali mešanica vsega navedenega Dijakovo delo oceni učitelj katerega ocena je moderirana preko IB organizacije Zaključni izpit pri kemiji je sestavljen iz treh pisnih delov Prva izpitna pola je sestavljena iz 30 (osnovna raven) ali 40 (višja raven) vprašanj izbirnega tipa Druga izpitna pola vsebuje vprašanja ki zahtevajo kratke esejske odgovore iz temeljnih vsebin učnega načrta in razširitev za višjo raven Tretja izpitna pola ima dva dela del A vsebuje vprašanje ki temelji na podatkih eksperimentalnem dela del B predstavljajo vprašanja ki se nanašajo na izbrano opcijo (Medicinska kemija ali Materiali ali Biokemija ali Energija)

KEMIJAKemija je eksperimentalna veda ki združuje teoretične osnove s pridobivanjem praktičnih in raziskovalnih spretnosti Je temeljna znanost saj njena načela pomagajo pri razumevanju delovanja tako fizičnega okolja v katerem živimo kot tudi delovanja bioloških sistemovIB program je osredotočen na pridobivanje in razvoj kemijskih znanj ki dijakom omogočajo razvoj naravoslovne pismenosti razvijajo njihove eksperimentalne in raziskovalne veščine ter znanja potrebna za reševanje naravoslovnih problemov Skozi študij kemije bodo dijaki spoznali pristop dela v kemiji in usvojili osnovno strokovno terminologijo Poudarek bo na praktičnem pristopu in razvoju eksperimentalnih veščin Vsa poglavja učnega načrta se začenjajo s krovno temo raquoNarava znanostilaquo kjer so znanja in veščine dana v kontekst dela v 21 stoletju in etičnih razprav ter omejitev ustvarjalnih prizadevanj znanstvenikovKer je kemija praktična-eksperimentalna veda imajo dijaki IB programa veliko priložnosti za načrtovanje poskusov delo s podatki njihovo analizo ter vrednotenje Eksperimentalno delo je vodeno kot individualno praktično delo ali delo v dvojicah kar pomeni da je potrebno tudi sodelovanje z vrstniki in predstavljanje rezultatov dela širši skupini Dijaki se bodo naučili uporabljati tudi baze podatkov in računalniške simulacije procesov Šola ima dobro opremljen šolski laboratorij ki dijakom omogoča da opravljajo tudi poskuse na področju instrumentalne analizne kemije (UV-VIS spektroskopija polarimetrija plinska kromatografija infrardeča spektroskopija) in najbolj motiviranim dijakom daje priložnosti za zgodnje vključevanje v sodobne raziskovalne tokove (sodelovanje z Univerzo in različnimi raziskovalnimi laboratoriji)Dosežki dijakov so ocenjeni interno in eksterno Program kemije se izvaja na osnovni (SL) in višjih ravni (HL) Najmanjše predpisano število ur je 150 za osnovno raven in 240 ur za višjo raven Obe ravni zahtevnosti imata

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 16: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

16

MATEMATIKA - VIŠJA RAVENDijaki se na začetku prvega leta sami odločijo glede na sposobnosti in interes na kateri ravni bodo obiskovali pouk matematike V začetku septembra vsi dijaki pišejo uvrstitveni test iz matematike na osnovi katerega se lahko tudi odločijo za raven Matematika na višji ravni je primerna za dijake z dobrim matematičnim predznanjemTEME PRVEGA LETA

ff Linearna kvadratna eksponentna in logaritemska funkcija

ff Polinomi in racionalne funkcijeff Kotne in krožne funkcijeff Odvodiff Integrali

TEME DRUGEGA LETAff Diferencialne enačbeff Zaporedja in vrsteff Kompleksna številaff Vektorjiff Verjetnost in statistikaff Množice relacije grupe (izbirna tema)

V prvem letu dijaki napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo ki jo oceni učitelj in prinese 20 končne ocene na maturi

PETA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MATEMATIKA - OSNOVNA RAVENMatematika na osnovni ravni je primerna za dijake s solidnim matematičnim predznanjemUčni načrt je razdeljen na šest obveznih poglavij algebra funkcije in enačbe trigonometrija vektorji statistika in verjetnost ter odvodi in integrali Izreke pogosto upravičimo na neformalen način z uporabo tehnologije Za razliko od višje ravni od dijakov ne pričakujemo da so sposobni trditve dokazati na strogo formalen načinNa osnovni ravni z dijaki predelamo vse pomembne matematične vsebine in koncepte Dijaki pridobijo uporabno znanje za nadaljnji študij na področjih kot so kemija ekonomija računalništvo ali podjetništvo Pouk temelji na tem da so dijaki aktivni udeleženci in se učijo z raziskovanjem Dijake spodbujamo naj uporabijo matematiko za reševanje problemov iz vsakdanjega življenja Notranje ocenjen del končnega izpita pri matematiki je matematična seminarska naloga (ldquoMathematical explorationrdquo) Dijaki raziščejo matematično temo ali ustvarijo matematični model in napišejo krajšo seminarsko nalogo Tako dobijo možnost da se poglobljeno ukvarjajo s temo ki jih zanima in pridobijo veščine pisanja matematičnega besedila Predmet se izvaja dve leti po 4 šolske ure tedensko

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 17: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

17

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

GLASBAV šesto skupino predmetov (Umetnost) sodi tudi predmet glasba Program omogoča dijakom poglobljeno razvijanje že pridobljenega znanja o glasbi s premišljenimi analizami glasbenih del s čimer dijaki nenehno razvijajo nove zmožnosti učenjaDijaki lahko izbirajo med osnovno (SL) in višjo ravnjo (HL) znotraj ravni pa med ustvarjanjem glasbenih del ter solističnim ali skupinskim izvajanjem skladb Dijak lahko izvaja glasbo po svojem izboru Del programa je samostojna raziskava o povezanosti glasbenih elementov kjer dijak s pomočjo poglobljene raziskave dveh ali več skladb predstavi dve popolnoma različni glasbeni kulturi Program je široko zastavljen in omogoča dijaku poglobljeno spoznavanje evropske glasbe od srednjega veka do današnjih dni ter druge glasbe sveta Končna ocena je sestavljena iz internega in eksternega

preverjanja ter ocenjevanja znanja Program je kompleksno strukturiran z natančno določenimi merili za posamezen sklop npr merila internega ocenjevanja solističnega ali skupinskega nastopa so izbira primernega programa tehnična pripravljenost poznavanje in razumevanje glasbenega stila ter glasbena komunikacija Merila ustvarjanja skladb pa so nadzorovanje in razvijanje glasbenih elementov glasbena koherentnost poznavanje inštrumentacije notacija vtis o kompozicijah in refleksija Merila eksternega pisnega izpita so glasbena analiza primerjava in poznavanje glasbenih elementov v predpisanih kompozicijah glasbena oblika glasbena terminologija umestitev dela v zgodovinsko obdobje prostor in slogPredmet glasba v programu mednarodne mature je izvrsten in namenjen dijakom ki bi želeli svoje znanje o glasbi zares poglobiti in tistim ki bodo s študijem glasbe zagotovo nadaljevali

ŠESTA SKUPINA PREDMETOV

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 18: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

18

4 2 TEORIJA VEDNOSTI (THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE ali TOK)

Teorija vednosti ali teorija znanja (Theory of knowledge ali TOK) je eden izmed treh obveznih osrednjih predmetov Dijake spodbuja k razmišljanju o značilnostih različnih vrst znanja in k iskanju odgovorov na vprašanje na podlagi česa lahko utemeljeno trdimo da nekaj vemo Slednje vprašanje se zastavlja v dveh oblikah Kako vemo kot skupina (skupno znanje) in kako vem jaz kot posameznik (osebno znanje) Različne oblike pridobivanja razumevanja in uporabe znanja ter njihovo zanesljivost pretresamo skozi analizo t i načinov pridobivanja znanja (ways of knowing) in s pregledom različnih področij znanja (areas of knowledge) Pri TOK razlikujemo osem načinov pridobivanja znanja s katerimi si prisvojimo vsebine raznolikih področij znanja Načini pridobivanja znanja so zaznavanje mišljenje oziroma logično razmišljanje jezik oziroma govorica čustva intuicija spomin verovanje in domišljija Področja znanja so matematika naravoslovje družboslovje zgodovina umetnost etika religiozni sistemi znanja in znanja prvobitnih ljudstev

DODATNE ZAHTEVE PROGRAMA

Ob obveznostih šestih predmetov morajo dijaki za pridobitev diplome izpolniti še naslednje tri zahteve napisati morajo razširjeni esej opraviti naloge pri predmetu teorija vednosti (TOK) in opraviti ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti (CAS)

4 1 RAZŠIRJENI ESEJ (EXTENDED ESSAY)Razširjeni esej IBO opredeljuje kot poglobljeno študijo znotraj področja enega ali več predmetov ki jih dijak obiskuje Dijaki si lahko izberejo razširjeni esej iz lokalnih in svetovnih študij kjer globalni problem preučijo iz najmanj dveh vidikov (npr psihološkega in biološkega) in ga prenesejo na lokalno okolje Esej v obsegu 4000 besed nudi dijaku možnost samostojnega raziskovalnega dela katerega namen je naučiti se veščin raziskovanja in akademskega pisnega izražanja kar so znanja potrebna za študij na univerzi Dijake pri njihovem delu spremlja mentor

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 19: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

19

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Pri TOK razmišljamo o mnogoterih vprašanjih kot nprff Zakaj smo lahko prepričani da je znanstvena metoda sprejemljiva oblika pridobivanja znanja

ff Na podlagi česa pridobivamo znanje o preteklosti in kako ga lahko uporabimo v življenju

ff Kaj je sprejemljiv podatek za teorijo X ff Kako vemo kateri teorijski model najbolje razlaga pojav Y

Skozi razprave o teh in podobnih vprašanjih dijaki ozavestijo temeljne podmene svojih prepričanj ki se jih vključno z osebnimi in družbeno pogojenimi ideološkimi predsodki pogosto ne zavedajo Zato vsebine tega predmeta prispevajo k prepotrebnemu spoštovanju raznolikosti in bogastva kulturnih perspektivTOK spodbuja dijake naj kritično premislijo o dosegu različnih načinov pridobivanja znanja in o različnosti vsebin posamičnih področij znanja Hkrati pa od njih zahteva naj pretresejo vlogo in značilnosti znanja v svoji lastni kulturi in širše v svetuVsako leto dijaki MM 1 preživijo TOK-teden na CŠOD Planinka na Pohorju kjer se prvič podrobneje seznanijo s posebnimi zahtevami programa mednarodne mature TOK in CAS Dneve preživijo v znamenju le-teh prosti čas pa je namenjen športnim aktivnostim branju druženju in zabavi

43 OIV (CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE)CAS vključuje ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnosti Dijaki so aktivni na vseh treh področjih celotno obdobje IB izobraževanjaNa II gimnaziji Maribor ponujamo v okviru DrugaDruga mnogo ustvarjalnih dejavnosti Npr literarno in likovno delavnico fotografski krožek gledališke skupine v slovenskem angleškem francoskem in nemškem jeziku mednarodni radio mladinski pevski zbor Drugrsquo orkester dijaški časopis in filmsko šoloMed športnimi dejavnostmi dijaki izbirajo med ponudbo izbirnih športov (plavanje namizni tenis badminton aerobiko hellip) Prav tako se lahko odločijo za individualni program s projektom Šport za zdravjeDijaki prostovoljsko delo opravijo na osnovnih šolah vrtcih mladinskih domovih domovih za starostnike zavetišču za živali in mladinskih centrihIB dijaki so vključeni v mednarodni projekt Soly (specialna olimpijada) prostovoljsko akcijo raquoSimbiozalaquo (vodijo tečaj za starejše) mednarodni raquoSpring Festivallaquo in šolski kulturni maraton Sodelujejo na mednarodnih šolskih izmenjavah in konferencah (MUN YPAC) CAS je v povezavi z vsemi IB predmeti in TOKDijake IB programa se spodbuja da so aktivni v lokalnem okolju zato lahko izbirajo tudi dejavnosti v zunanjih organizacijah ki nudijo ustvarjalne športne in prostovoljske aktivnostiDelo dijakov spremljajo CAS koordinator in mentorji posameznih dejavnosti Dijaki pišejo dnevnik in vodijo portfelj Ob zaključku drugega šolskega leta opravijo javno predstavitev v katero vključijo samoevalvacijo in refleksijo opravljenih dejavnosti Brez opravljenih CAS obveznosti dijak ne more prejeti IB diplomeCAS dijakom ponuja izzive na različnih področjih jih uči načrtovati in bolje organizirati čas osvajati proces samoevalvacije in lastne refleksije pomena zavedanja razvoja lastnih sposobnosti pridobivati veščine timskega dela in vzpodbujati vztrajnost

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 20: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

20

MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE IN IB TRAVEL

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 21: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

21

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

5 2 IB TRAVELIB TRAVEL bi lahko opisali kot mednarodno sodelovanje ki dijakom omogoča izkušnjo glede na njihov interes Aktivnost je nastala pred petimi leti vsak dijak pa naj bi se odločil vsaj za eno destinacijo Najbolj popularen je Model United Nations (MUN) Udeležimo se ga v Bratislavi Budimpešti Beogradu in Mostarju Dijake pa vsako leto pritegne tudi sodelovanje z mednarodno šolo v Amsterdamu (ISA) kjer naši dijaki pomagajo organizirati Olimpijado za otroke s posebnimi potrebami Naša najdaljša izmenjava poteka s šolo Jura Hronca v Bratislavi Slovaški dijaki obiščejo septembra naš TOK teden na Pohorju naši dijaki pa jim vrnejo obisk v mesecu maju Ne smemo pozabiti izmenjave raquoFrom Russia with lovelaquo s šolo iz Perma v Rusiji s katero sodelujemo že tretje leto v obliki projekta Mednarodnega šolskega radia Dijaki ki jih zanima Medijska komunikacija in oglaševanje odpotujejo vsako drugo leto za deset dni v čisto pravo sibirsko Rusijo Rusi pa nam vrnejo obisk na Festivalu pomladi

51 MEDNARODNO SODELOVANJE NA II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

Spoznavanje drugačnih kultur navad in jezikov veliko pripomore k razumevanju današnjega sveta in odnosov Za uresničevanje naštetih ciljev je II gimnazija Maribor razvila široko mrežo sodelovanja v obliki izmenjav s šolami iz naslednjih držav

ff Avstrijaff Nemčija ff Italija ff Srbijaff Izraelff Kitajska inff Indija

POSEBNO OBLIKO MEDNARODNEGA SODELOVANJA

PREDSTAVLJA TRADICIONALNI SPRING FESTIVAL -

FESTIVAL POMLADI KI POTEKA VSAKO LETO APRILA

NA FESTIVALU SODELUJEJO DIJAKI IZ VEČ KOT DESETIH

DRŽAV UDELEŽENCI FESTIVALA PREBIVAJO PRI

NAŠIH DIJAKIH DVA DNI USTVARJAJO V RAZLIČNIH

DELAVNICAH KOT SO PLESNA DELAVNICA LIKOVNA

DELAVNICA DEBATA FOTOGRAFIJA ITD SVOJE DELO

PREDSTAVIJO NA ZAKLJUČNI SKUPNI PRIREDITVI

OGLEDAJO SI MARIBOR ZADNJI DAN PA ODIDEJO NA

IZLET PO SLOVENIJI

5

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 22: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

22

OCENJEVANJE IN PREVERJANJE ZNANJA

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 23: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

23

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

V programu Mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor veljajo pravila o preverjanju in ocenjevanju znanja ki so usklajena s Pravilnikom o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolskimi pravili ocenjevanja znanja II gimnazije Maribor Za prehod iz 3 v 4 letnik mora dijak izpolniti vse pogoje iz tega pravilnika

SISTEM OCENJEVANJA TEMELJI NA SKRBNO IZDELANIH MERILIH TO POMENI DA JE ZNANJE VSAKEGA DIJAKA OCENJENO NA OSNOVI DOSEGANJA NATANČNO DOLOČENIH RAVNI ZNANJA KI SE NE SPREMINJAJO OD ENEGA DO DRUGEGA IZPITNEGA ROKA Vsak predmet se ocenjuje z ocenami od 1 (najnižja) do 7 (najvišja) Zaključna ocena se oblikuje iz interno in eksterno ocenjenega znanja Pridobitev diplome zahteva od dijaka da doseže predpisane standarde in pogoje med katerimi je tudi ta da mora biti skupno število doseženih točk na maturi najmanj 24 Največje število točk (45) vsebuje tudi tri dodatne točke ki jih dijak lahko dobi za odlično napisan razširjeni esej in esej pri predmetu teorija vednosti Dijaku ki ne izpolni vseh zahtev za pridobitev diplome ali tistemu ki se odloči za manj kot šest predmetov se podeli spričevalo oz potrdilo za vsak opravljen izpit

6V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 24: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

24

MENTORSTVO

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 25: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

25

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

77 3 OPIS DELA SVETOVALNE SLUŽBESvetovalna služba se na podlagi svojega posebnega strokovnega znanja preko svetovalnega odnosa in na strokovno avtonomni način vključuje v kompleksno reševanje pedagoških psiholoških in socialnih vprašanj vzgojno-izobraževalnega dela v šoli s tem da pomaga in sodeluje z vsemi udeleženci v šoli in po potrebi tudi z ustreznimi zunanjimi ustanovami V program mednarodne mature se vključuje posebej pri dijakih s posebnimi potrebami na osnovi pravilnika dijakov s posebnimi potrebami ki je zasnovan na podlagi Ur l RS št 5811 4012 - ZUJF in 9012 lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 582011 in dopolnitev 402012 in 902012rsquo Dijake z rednimi sestanki srečanji in svetovanjem vodi in usmerja do mature Pri tem sodeluje z ravnateljem s profesorji ki dijaka učijo in s koordinatorjem mednarodne mature Glede na dijakove posebne potrebe na maturi veljajo prilagoditve kot so podaljšan čas pisanja premori uporaba računalnika omogočanje raquopiscalaquo raquobralcalaquo itd

7 1 OPIS DELA RAZREDNIKARazrednik je profesor ki v razredu poučuje Razredu dodeljen na začetku šolskega leta in predvidoma ostane z dijaki do konca šolanja Temeljne vloge razrednika so pedagoška organizacijska in administrativna velikokrat pa razrednik tudi svetuje in usmerja dijake skozi vzgojno izobraževalni proces Razrednik sodeluje tudi s starši dijakov sklicuje in vodi roditeljske sestanke opravičuje izostanke in spremlja dijakov napredek Z dijaki se redno sestaja vsak teden oziroma po potrebi jih spremlja na ekskurzije in izlete

7 2 OPIS DELA MENTORJEV Za dijake ki prihajajo iz drugih šol je dobro poskrbljeno na uvodnem sestanku preko skupine na FB in z uvodnim dnevom tako da se dijaki poznajo že pred prvim šolskim dnevom Želimo da bi prilagajanje dijakov na nov program in novo okolje potekalo čim lažje in brez zapletov zato tujim dijakom oz dijakom ki prihajajo iz drugih šol nudimo mentorstvo ki je zasnovano na osnovi modela Academic parents Poteka na dveh ravneh profesor-dijak in dijak-dijak Dijak si sam izbere profesorja mentorja glede na njegov interes in predmet ki dijaka še posebej zanima in ga veseli Profesor mu nudi pomoč pri organizaciji učenju in tudi čustveno podporo Prav tako si dijak novinec izbere dijaka iz višjega letnika ki mu nudi neformalno pomoč predvsem na začetku v obdobju privajanja na novo okolje Dijaki delijo svoje izkušnje z novinci in jim pomagajo da bi se v novem okolju čim bolje počutili

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR SE LAHKO POHVALI Z RAZLIČNIMI OBLIKAMI POMOČI KI JO PROFESORJI IN SVETOVALNI DELAVCI NUDIJO DIJAKOM DIJAKE SPREMLJATA RAZREDNIK IN MENTOR PO POTREBI TUDI SVETOVALNI DELAVEC

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 26: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

26

VPIS V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 27: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

27

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

SPLOŠNI POGOJI ZA SPREJEM V PROGRAM MEDNARODNE MATURE SO DOLOČENI Z VSAKOLETNIM RAZPISOM ZA VPIS V SREDNJE ŠOLE

V prvi letnik programa mednarodne mature IB se lahko vpiše dijak ki izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje

ff je končal drugi letnik gimnazijeff je končal prvi letnik gimnazije z najmanj prav dobrim uspehom in

ff ni star več kot 17 let ob vključitvi v ta program

8POGOJI IN MERILA ZA VPIS

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 28: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

28

VPIS NA UNIVERZE

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 29: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

29

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Dijaki ki so končali program mednarodne mature na II gimnaziji Maribor so uspešni na tujih univerzah kot so Univerza v Cambridgeu Univerza v Oxfordu Imperial College in UCL v Londonu University of St Andrews Glasgow in Edinburgh na Škotskem Utrecht in Amsterdam na Nizozemskem Dunaj v Avstriji Berlin Mannheim Nuumlrnberg in Muumlnchen v Nemčiji ter na drugih univerzah po svetu kot so New York University v Abu Dhabiju Stanford Barkeley in Harvard v ZDA

PO OPRAVLJENEM PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE DIJAKI PREJMEJO DVOJEZIČNO DIPLOMO S KATERO SE LAHKO VPIŠEJO NA UNIVERZE V SLOVENIJI IN V TUJINI IMETNIK DIPLOME LAHKO KANDIDIRA POVSOD PO SVETU VKLJUČNO Z NAJIMENITNEJŠIMI EVROPSKIMI IN AMERIŠKIMI UNIVERZAMI

9

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 30: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

MEDNARODNA MATURA

30

REZULTATI MEDNARODNE MATURE

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 31: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

31

ŠOLA KI ODPRE VSA VRATA

Uspešnost na maturi v obdobju 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Število dijakov ki so prejeli diplomo (v ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Povprečno število točk na maturi (dijaki ki so opravili maturo) 37 38 39 38 37 40

Dijaki ki so dosegli vseh 45 točk 1 0 2 2 1 3

Dijaki ki so dosegli 40 točk in več 10 15 14 16 9 21

V TABELI SO NANIZANI REZULTATI V PRIMERJAVI S SVETOVNIM IBO-POVPREČJEM ZA OBDOBJE ZADNJIH PETIH LET ZAPISANA JE USPEŠNOST DIJAKOV NA MATURI POVPREČNO ŠTEVILO TOČK ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV Z VEČ KOT 40 TOČKAMI ŠTEVILO DIJAKOV S 45 TOČKAMI

10

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 32: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

ff RavnateljPrincipal mag IVAN LORENČIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 431 E ivanlorencicdrugasi

ff TRG MILOŠA ZIDANŠKA 1 SI-2000 MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

ff Pomočnica ravnatelja Assistant Principal MATEJA KRUMPAK T 00386 (2) 33 04 432 E matejakrumpakdrugasi

LektoriralaLanguage editing MARIJA SAJKO GEORGE YEOMAN

MEDNARODNA MATURA KURIKULUM 201617INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WRITTEN CURRICULUM 201617 Izdala in založilaPublished by II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR zanjorepresented by mag IVAN LORENČIČ UrednikaEditors mag POLONA VEHOVAR SAŠA MIKIĆ

ŠTEVILKECONTACTS

ff tajništvoOffice 00386 (0)2 33 04 430ff zbornicaStaff Room 00386 (0)2 33 04 441ff ravnateljPrincipal 00386 (0)2 33 04 431ff faksOffice Fax 00386 (0)2 33 04 440ff e-poštaE-mail INFODRUGASI

ff spletna stranWeb Page WWWDRUGASI

ff podračun štAccount No 01100-6030694994ff matična štRegistration No 5088917ff davčna štTax No SI62721046

URADNE UREOFFICE HOURS

ff tajništvoOffice 1000-1300ff svetovalna službaCounselling 730-1430ff knjižnicaSchool Library 700-1500

ff IB DP koordinator IB DP Coordinator mag POLONA VEHOVAR T 00386 (2) 33 04 434 E polonavehovardrugasi

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 33: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

ff CAS koordinator CAS Coordinator VILJEM BABIČ T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E viljembabicdrugasi

FotografijePhotographs by MATEVŽ RUDL PATRIK REK DOMEN ULBL POLONA VEHOVAR YANNE GOLEV MORITZ LIEBHABER

PrevodEnglish translation EMIL PEČNIK PETER CIGROVSKI POLONA VEHOVAR

Oblikovanje in prelomDesign and Layout DRUGAOBLIKACOM

TiskPrinted by TISKARNA FLORJANČIČ MARIBOR 2016

CIP - Kataložni zapis o publikaciji Univerzitetna knjižnica Maribor

373509127(4974Maribor)

MEDNARODNA matura II gimnazija Maribor šola ki odpre vsa vrata [kurikulum 201617] [urednika Polona Vehovar Saša Mikić] fotografije Matevž Rudl Patrik Rek prevod Emil Pečnik Peter Cigrovski Polona Vehovar] - Maribor II gimnazija Maribor 2015

500 izv 1 Vehovar Polona COBISSSI-ID 85586689 v

ff TOK koordinator TOK Coordinator mag MATEVŽ RUDL T 00386 (2) 33 04 430 E matevzrudldrugasi

ff Svetovalna služba Counselling POLONA KIKER T 00386 (2) 33 04 442 E polonakikerdrugasi

ff Knjižnica Library GORDANA BANJANIN T 00386 (2) 33 04 443 E knjiznicadrugasi

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 34: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE

DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A school that opens all doors

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 35: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

KAZALO

1 INTRODUCTION

2 THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

3 IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDWIDE31 IB Philosophy 32 IB learner profile

4 SUBJECTS GROUPS OFFERED IN THE IB PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJI

41 Extended essay (EE)42 Theory of Knowledge (TOK)43 Creativity Activity and Service (CAS)

5 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION51 International exchange programme52 IB Travel

6 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN THE IB DP PROGRAMME

7 PASTORAL CARE 71 Class teacher72 Academic mentors73 Post-secondary education counsellor

8 ADMISSION TO THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

9 ALUMNI

10 EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

25

year

s o

f IB 25 let MM

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 36: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

PThe International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme was first introduced at II gimnazija Maribor in 1990 The basic aim of the programme was to offer the most successful Slovene students an educational programme which is conceptually different based on a smaller number of subjects and consequently offers an in-depth academic approach The array of subjects initially offered was limited but it has been expanded over the years thus enabling our students to study and develop in accordance with their own interests and abilities Students from the former Yugoslav republics and other foreign students are an additional enrichment of the programmeToday the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition Our IB students consistently achieve excellent results on the final IB exams ranking II gimnazija Maribor amongst the more successful IB schools world-wide Both excellent working conditions and outstanding and highly motivated teachers contribute greatly to these results The IB DP follows the schoolrsquos motto in the best possible way the school which opens all doors The results of the students which greatly exceed the average enable our students to enrol in some of the worldrsquos most prestigious universities such as The University of Oxford The University of Cambridge Imperial College London London School of Economics New York University Abu Dhabi Bocconi University MilanoAmbition motivation and the ability to work with others are the main prerequisites for enrolling in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor I am certain that many students possess these qualities and that you will become members of the IB DP family at our school

― IVAN LORENČIČ MA Headmaster

A school that opens all doors

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 37: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

4

THE MAIN AIMS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 38: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

5

THROUGH THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME (IB DP) II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR AIMS TO DEVELOP STUDENTS WHO

2ff have excellent breadth and depth of knowledge

ff flourish physically intellectually emotionally and ethically

ff study in accordance with their own interests and abilities

ff develop their independence

ff develop into critical thinkers

ff take responsibility for their education and results

ff develop academic honesty

ff develop the ability to help the marginalised

ff become open-minded and tolerant of those different from them

ff take responsibility for the environment and develop an understanding of sustainable

ff development and last but not least

ff understand their national identities within a global context

AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR

― mag POLONA VEHOVAR IB DP Coordinator

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 39: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

6

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME WORLDndashWIDE

1 groupLanguage and literature Language A Literature (SLO SRB BOS MAC RUS) Language A Langamplit (ENG)

bullTOKbullEXTENDED ESSAY

bullCAS

2 groupLanguage Acquisition (ENG GER FRA SPA)

3 groupIndividuals and Societies Economics Psychology Philosophy History

6 groupe Arts

Music

5 groupMathematics

(HL SL)

4 groupSciences Physics

Chemistry Biology

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 40: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile IB learner profileIB learner profile

IB learner profile

IB learner profileIB learner profile

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

7

3 2 IB LEARNER PROFILEThe aim of all IB programmes is to develop internationally minded people who recognising their common humanity and shared guardianship of the planet help to create a better and more peaceful worldIB learners strive to be inquirers knowledgeable thinkers communicators principled open-minded caring risk-takers balanced reflective

3 3 THE INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme is a rigorous pre-university course of studies that meets the needs of highly motivated secondary school students who have completed their first two years of secondary education The curriculum comprises six academic areas and Diploma Programme candidates are required to select one subject from each of the following six subject groups At least three and not more than four are taken at higher level (HL) the others at standard level (SL) The Diploma Programme at our school is available in English

The candidates can choose fromff Group 1 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Language A Literature (Slovene Serbian Macedonian and Russian with selected works of world Literature) Language A LANGUAGE

AND LITERATURE (English)ff Group 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION (English German French

Spanish)ff Group 3 INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES (Economics Psychology

Philosophy History)ff Group 4 SCIENCES (Physics Chemistry Biology)ff Group 5 MATHEMATICS (Mathematics HL SL)ff Group 6 THE ARTS (Music)

In lieu of taking Music students may choose to take an additional course from Groups 2ndash4Successful Diploma Programme candidates meet three requirements in addition to the six subjects The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course is designed to develop a coherent approach to learning which transcends and unifies the academic areas and encourages appreciation of other cultural perspectives The Extended Essay of some 4000 words offers the opportunity to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university Participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) requirement encourages students to be involved in creative pursuits physical activities and service projects within the local context Students take written examinations at the end of the programme

3 1 IB PHILOSOPHYThe International Baccalaureate aims to develop inquiring knowledgeable and caring young people who help to create a better and more peaceful world through intercultural understanding and respectTo this end the organisation works with schools governments and international organisations to develop challenging programmes of international education and rigorous assessmentThese programmes encourage students across the world to become active compassionate and lifelong learners who understand that other people with their differences can also be right

3

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 41: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

8

SUBJECT GROUPS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 42: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

9

LANGUAGE AEnglish A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (SL or HL) is for a fluent native or near-native language user Students who complete this course will receive a Bilingual Diploma This language course is offered in English only

LANGUAGE A LITERATURE An example of works sellected for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Jergović Sarajevski marlboro Bulgakov Mojster in Margareta in Morrison Najbolj modre oči

ff DETAILED STUDY Pesništvo Zajc (izbrane pesmi) Roman Kosmač Pomladni dan in kratka proza Blatnik Zakon želje

ff DRAMA Cankar Hlapci Grum Dogodek v mestu Gogi Jančar Veliki briljantni valček in Zupančič Vladimir

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Slovensko pesništvo po drugi svetovni vojni Ihan Državljanski eseji in Zupan Sto romanov in nekaj komadov

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Higher level An example for school year 201416

ff WORLD LITERATURE Bernhart Schlink The Reader Marjane Satrapi Persepolis and Milan Kundera The Unbearable Lightness of Being

ff DETAILED STUDIES Sylvia Plath Poetry Collection Oscar Wilde An Ideal Husband Maya Angelou I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings

ff DRAMA Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire William Shakespeare Hamlet Samuel Beckett Waiting for Godot George Bernard Shaw Pygmalion

ff SCHOOLS FREE CHOICE Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby Anthony Bourgess A Clockwork Orange George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four

LANGUAGE A LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Standard level An example for school year 201416

ff Khaled Hosseini The Kite Runner Scott Fitzgerald The Great Gatsby George Orwell Nineteen Eighty-Four William Shakespeare Hamlet Tennessee Williams A Streetcar Named Desire Bernhard Schlink The Reader

4FIRST GROUP

LANGUAGE A LITERATURESlovene Literature is a mandatory subject for all students whose first language is Slovene (offered at Higher Level only) The programme covers a comprehensive range of literary texts The language as such is not studied Students however develop language skills during the course enhancing their facilities to write well-structured academic essays and develop quality oral presentations The major difference with regard to literature taught in the national curriculum is the focus on the rigorous and in-depth study of a fewer number of chosen works rather than on the broader fact-finding knowledge base Students study 13 texts in all thus covering a comprehensive range of authors literary traditions genres and periods with the main focus being on the 20th-century Slovene literature and on a significant number of texts in translation The most distinctive element is the national vs international aspect of the course Assessment involves a mixture of written and oral coursework and terml exams including different types of essays oral presentations and an individual oral commentaryFor the group of non-Slovenian students whose first language is not Slovene a literature course in smaller groups is offered in their mother tongue with two or three lessons per week The course also utilies web learning These literature courses include Macedonian Bosnian Croatian Serbian Russian and English

II gimnazija Maribor offers a geat variety of subjects There are altogether nineteen subjects the students can choose from on two different levels higher level or standard level

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 43: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

10

LANGUAGES BLanguage B (SL or HL) is for a language learner who has learned the target language for two or more years or has lived and been taught outside the country where the target language is spoken This language course is offered in English German French and Spanish While English is taken as a compulsory subject German Spanish and French are offered subject to demand (five or more students should opt to take one) It is to be noted that German French and Spanish classes are very small in number (five or more pupils) thus catering to the needs of every individual student each with a slightly different level of language competence In this way the learning objectives can be reached easily on an individual basis (some students may have zero or very little knowledge of the language) What is more students taking French are privileged to have sessions with a native speaker

SECOND GROUP

SPANISH AB INITIOSpanish Ab Initio SL is a language acquisition course designed to provide students with the necessary skills and intercultural understanding to enable them to communicate successfully within an environment where Spanish is spoken by applying all four language skills reading writing listening and speakingThe course is organised into three themes Individuals and society Leisure and work and Urban and rural environment Each theme has a list of topics that provide the students with opportunities to practise and explore the language as well as to develop intercultural understanding such as the individual education and work town and public institutions food and drink leisure time environment health to name just a fewExternal assessment comprises a written exam paper whereas the internal assessment focuses on the oral examWHY CHOOSE SPANISH AB INITIO

Spanish is one of the more widely spoken languages in the world ranking second with approximately 500 million speakers right after Chinese thus being one of the more practical languages to learn when it comes to international communicationSpanish is the first language in Spain as well as in 20 Latin American countries from Mexico to Argentina It is also a minority language in countries like USA Canada Belize Andorra Morocco and Equatorial GuineaBesides we should not forget about the rich cultural heritage which we can come to know in its original form if we speak Spanish Miguel de Cervantes Federico Garciacutea Lorca Pablo Neruda Gabriel Garciacutea Maacuterquez Octavio Paz Gabriela Mistral and Isabel Allende to name a few are among those Spanish authors who have left an imprint on world literature Wouldnrsquot you want to read about the adventures of the most famous knight of all time Don Quixote in original Spanish The magic of the Spanish language can somewhat be explored through films directed by for example Pedro Almodoacutevar Alejandro Amenaacutebar or Alejandro Gonzaacutelez Intildeaacuterritu Last but not least Spanish is gaining in popularity amongst the young speakers worldwide and becoming a tool for intercultural learning and dialogue

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 44: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

11

ECONOMICSEconomics is a social science and is essentially about the concept of scarcity and the problem of resource allocation It is about the production and distribution of goods that are scarce All students start the subject from scratch and there is no presumption of prior knowledge Although the subject involves the formulation and understanding of theoretical concepts the theories are applied to real-world examples to give it a much more applied flavour The Economics course covers Microeconomics including a consideration of such basic concepts as scarcity choice and the operation of simple markets and how firms operate in markets that are either competitive or monopolistic Macroeconomics covers economy-wide issues such as economic growth inflation unemployment and the role of the government Special emphasis is given to the international economics and economies of developing

countries which is the specialty of Economics in IB It is therefore important for students to take an active interest in current affairs by reading the newspapers magazines and journals and making selective use of television and radio programmes In the school library The Economist and several Slovene magazines and newspapers are provided as well as free access to the on-line bases The assessment requires students to apply a broad range of ideas to a particular question The subject has a Moodle classroom where students can find all power-point presentations working sheets and other different materials with which we attempt to make course friendly engaging and relevant Students who choose Economics will realise that economics is a useful science while fascinating and as such it is certainly a challenge for everyone After all the economy is among the sciences that mankind rewards with the Nobel Prize

THIRD GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 45: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

12

PHILOSOPHYPhilosophy is a systematic and critical examination of the most fundamental and exciting questions about human condition We can ask

ff What does it amount to being humanff Do we have free willff What do we mean when we say that a deed is morally right or wrong

These are not abstract ivory tower questions Their origin is grounded in the very core of human everyday experience being ceaselessly woven into our lives and existence However despite their day-to-day emergence answers to them do not stare us into face In the search of explication we have to make use of several philosophical methods such as critical and systematic thinking careful analysis and putting forward convincing arguments The philosophical endeavor deepens and clarifies our understanding of these and similar questions as much as humanly possiblePhilosophy gives the students the opportunity to come upon the more fascinating and influential thinkers The examination of philosophical problems these keen thinkers have struggled with gives us a more thorough theoretical self-understanding but at the same time develops the mastery of a number of practical skills which are applicable in various fields of human activity Among these crafts are to be found the ability of a clear and concise argumentation the faculty of the application of rational judgements in varied situations and the competence of analysing complex problemsThe philosophy in the IB programme encourages raquodoing philosophylaquo that is being engaged in autonomous philosophical activity It attempts to trigger off students curiosity as much as possible to foster reflections of both her own perspective and the views of others The subject dares the students to develop their own philosophical voice and stirs them to become self-reliant thinkersThere are four elements of philosophy in the IB the core theme several optional themes a prescribed text and the exploration of the nature of philosophical activityThe core theme is compulsory and is called Being Human It addresses the fundamental concepts and issues which pertain to human existence It consists of a number of challenging problems such as

ff The mind-body problem ie the inquiry into the relationship between the mind and the body the question

as to whether it is possible to reduce mental properties to physical properties the issue whether the whole reality is mental etc

ff What determines the identity of a person Is it the reason the emotions the society free choices and the ensuing physical activity

ff What does it mean to be free Is mankind in point of fact free

ff What is the nature of values What are the fundaments of values

ff To what extent do relationships with others determines the nature of the self

ff Are there any distinguishing characteristics of mankind which set it apart from other animals

ff Do animals or robots have properties which make them persons

There are seven optional themesff Aestheticsff Epistemologyff Ethicsff Philosophy and contemporary societyff Philosophy of religionff Philosophy of scienceff Political philosophy

The names of each optional theme suggest which interesting and oftentimes pivotal human problems are being tackled The topics range from questions about the essence of art to the problems of social justice On the standard level the students have to choose one optional theme and on the higher level twoThere are 12 prescribed philosophical texts taken from the world philosophy treasury Both on the standard and higher level the students choose one text which is analysed in great detail The options are Platos The Republic Friedrich Nietzsches On the Genealogy of Moals John Stuart Mills On Liberty Peter Singers The Life You Can Save and eight moreThe so-called raquoexploration of philosophical activitylaquo lays the focus on the study of the functions and methods of philosophy In addition to the critical examination of various philosophical methods and approaches the students get engaged in the reflection of their own philosophiing This topic is obligatory on higher level

THIRD GROUP

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 46: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

13

PSYCHOLOGYPsychology is more appropriately defined as the systematic study of behaviour and experience The overall aim of this course is to give students a deeper understanding of the nature and scope of psychology Students undertaking the course can expect to develop an understanding of how psychological knowledge is generated developed and applied This will allow them to have a greater understanding of themselves and appreciate the diversity of human behaviour The psychology course in the junior year examines the core - the interaction of biological (e g the influence of neurotransmitters and brain damage on our behaviour) cognitive (e g explanations of memory functions and false memories the influence of emotions on memory) and socio - cultural (eg stereotypes conformity compliance techniques) factors in human behaviour The interaction between these factors substantially determines behaviour This approach demonstrates how explanations offered by each of the three levels of analyses complement one another and together provide more complete and satisfactory explanations of behaviourDuring the senior year two options are taught at the higher level Abnormal Psychology and Psychology of human relationships Students on the standard level choose only one option Abnormal psychology focuses on diagnosing explaining and treating humans suffering from psychological disorders This option begins with a consideration of what is lsquonormalrsquo and lsquoabnormalrsquo behaviour and then looks into the issues related to diagnosis and treatment particularly of depression and anorexia Students learn about biomedical (e g drugs electro-convulsive therapy sports) therapy and individual and group psychotherapy with emphasis on the cognitive ndash behavioural therapyThe option Psychology of human relationship begins by looking at the origin of altruistic and pro-social behaviour It then looks at personal relationships focusing on attraction and communication the role of communication and culture as well as reasons for the end of relationships The last subtopic is violence with emphasis on domestic violence the origins strategies for reducing and preventing violence and effects of exposure to violenceThe course has a heavy research emphasis with students responsible for completion of an independent psychological experiment and presentation of the findings in an individual report in a professional fashion An example might be an

investigation into the accuracy of eyewitness reports after a car crash One of the areas of study is also the area of research including qualitative analysis for HL (e g case study interview) besides descriptive statistics (e g arithmetic mean and standard deviation) and inferential statistics e g t-test for the HL only The ethical concerns raised by the methodology and application of psychological research are also key considerations of our psychology course Everything we learn is also available to students on the teacherrsquos website in the form of Power Point presentations though students also have an IB Psychology text book The aims of the psychology course at HL and at SL are to

ff Interpret andor conduct psychological research to apply the resulting knowledge for the benefit of human beings

ff Ensure that ethical practices and responsibilities are implemented in psychological inquiry

ff Develop an understanding of the biological social and cultural influences on human behaviour

ff Develop an understanding of different theoretical processes that are used to interpret behaviour and to be aware of how these processes lead to the construction and evaluation of psychological theories

ff Develop an awareness of how applications of psychology in everyday life are derived from psychological theories

ff Develop an appreciation of the eclectic nature of psychology

ff Understand andor use diverse methods of psychological inquiry

HISTORYThe study of IB History provides students to gain deeper understanding of the global world in the past and consequently in the present Through different topics the main focus is to build knowledge that will provide students the skills of rationally interpreting critical thinking sensible connecting and above all solid argumentation The history through different periods and different regions of the world will get us closer to establish the connections in time and space IB History includes the core of 20th century focusing on authoritarian states causes and effects of 20th century wars the Cold war and the move to global war On higher level the imperial Russia European states in the inter-war years is studied and in the end the post-war Central and Eastern Europe is explained

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 47: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

14

BIOLOGYBiology is the study of life Over the course of evolution 4 billion species could have been produced This diversity makes biology both an endless source of fascination and a considerable challenge Biologists attempt to understand the living world at all levels using many different approaches and techniques At one end of the scale is the cell its molecular construction and complex metabolic reactions At the other end of the scale biologists investigate the interactions that make whole ecosystems function By its very nature biology lends itself to an experimental approach and this is reflected throughout the course of IB Biology Students at standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) undertake a common core syllabus a common internal assessment (IA) scheme and have some overlapping elements in the option studied While the skills and activities of biology are common to students at both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth in the additional higher level (AHL) material and in the common options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthSylabus outlineCORE (95 teaching hours )

ff Cell biologyff Molecular biologyff Geneticsff Ecologyff Evolution and biodiversityff Human physiology

ADDITIONAL HIGHER LEVEL (AHL) (60 teaching hours)ff Nucleic acidsff Metabolism cell respiration and photosynthesisff Plant biologyff Genetics and evolutionff Animal physiology

OPTION (15 teaching hours for standard level and 25 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Neurobiology and behaviourff Biotechnology and bioinformaticsff Ecology and conservationff Human physiology

FOURTH GROUP

PRACTICAL SCHEME OF WORK (40 teaching hours for standard level and 60 teaching hours for higher level)

ff Practical activitiesff Individual investigation (internal assessmentndashIA)ff Group 4 project

CHEMISTRYChemistry is an experimental science that combines academic study with the acquisition of practical and investigational skills It is the basic science as chemical principles underpin both the physical environment in which we live and all biological systems The IB program is focused on the acquisition and development of chemical knowledge which allows students to develop their scientific literacy experimental research and problem-based skills Through studying chemistry students should become aware of how scientists work and communicate with each other While the scientific method may take on a wide variety of forms the emphasis is on a practical approach In addition through the overarching theme of the ldquoNature of Sciencerdquo this knowledge and skills will be put into the context of the way science and scientists work in the 21st Century and the ethical debates and limitations of creative scientific endeavourThe sciences are taught practically Students have opportunities to design investigations collect data develop manipulative skills analyse results collaborate with peers and evaluate and communicate their findings The investigations may be laboratory based or they may make use of simulations and data bases Students develop the skills to work independently on their own design Our school possesses a well-equipped school laboratory which allows students to also carry out experiments in the field of instrumental analytical chemistry (UV-VIS spectroscopy polarimetry gas chromatography infrared spectroscopy) and the more motivated students the opportunity to early involvement in contemporary research activities (collaboration with the University and different research laboratories)Students are assessed both externally and internally and the programme is Available at standard (SL) and higher

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 48: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

15

students to acquire in-depth understanding of the more important physical concepts and to develop experimental skills and data analysis techniques In comparison to the national physics syllabus the IB syllabus covers a wider range of topics it is more thorough and up to dateThe IB physics syllabus consists of a common core additional higher level (AHL) and optional topics On an elementary level classical topics including mechanics thermal physics oscillations waves electricity magnetism atomic and nuclear physics are covers in the core An extension of this knowledge is offered by the AHL topics The students learn about more complex concepts in physics such as wave phenomena fields electromagnetic induction and quantum physics Depending on their interest the students choose one additional topic which is covered in detail These optional topics are relativity engineering physics imaging or astronomyA part of the IB physics syllabus is also practical work including experimental labs a common project with other experimental sciences (Group 4 Project) and an individual investigation (Internal Assessment) which is assessed and already represents a part of the final gradeIB physics is a great choice for all students who want to study natural sciences engineering or medicine and of course for all others who would like to know how nature really works

levels (HL) The minimum prescribed number of hours is 150 for SL and 240 for HL Chemistry students at SL and HL undertake a common core syllabus and a common internal assessment (IA) scheme While there are core skills and activities common to both SL and HL students at HL are required to study some topics in greater depth to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature in the options The distinction between SL and HL is one of breadth and depthA practical approach to the course delivery is emphasised through the interdisciplinary group 4project (Biology Chemistry Physics) and a mixture of both short-term and long-term experiments and investigations Internal assessment accounts for 20 of the final assessment and this is assessed through a single individual investigation (duration 10 hours) This investigation may involve a hands-on approach use of data-bases modelling simulation or a hybrid Student work is internally assessed by the teacher and externally moderated by the IBThe external assessment of chemistry consists of three written papers In paper 1 are 30 (at SL) or 40 (at HL) multiple-choice questions Paper 2 contains short-answer and extended-response questions on the core (and Additional Higher Level (AHL) material at HL) Paper 3 has two sections Section A contains one data-based question and several short-answer questions on experimental work on the core (and AHL material at HL) Section B contains short-answer and extended-response questions from each of the four options (Medicinal Chemistry or Materials or Biochemistry or Energy) PHYSICSPhysics is one the oldest and more fundamental scientific disciplines It deals with the fundamental laws of nature and is thus a basis for other natural ndash lately also social ndash sciences and engineering disciplines Physics tries to investigate natural phenomena by experiments and to describe them with mathematical models Both approaches are essential and equally important although the experimental aspect is commonly neglected in high schools However the IB physics syllabus is designed for

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 49: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

16

MATHEMATICS - STANDARD LEVEL

Mathematics standard level course is designed for students with solid mathematical backgrounds The syllabus is split into six topics Algebra Functions and equations Circular functions and trigonometry Vectors Statistics and probability and Calculus Each of the topics is compulsory Justification of theorems is often informal with the help of technology In comparison to higher level the students are not expected to give formal rigorous mathematical proofs All important mathematical concepts are covered in the course and therefore the supportive knowledge for future studies in subjects such as chemistry economics computer science or business is provided In the process of learning the students get many opportunities to be active participants and to learn through inquiry and investigation The students are also encouraged to apply mathematics on real life problems The internally assessed part of the course is referred to as Mathematical Exploration in which students are encouraged to explore a topic of their interest or model a real life situation and hence write a piece of work This gives the students an opportunity to pursue their interests and gain writing skillsThe course is held over 2 years 4 teaching lessons (45 min) per week

FIFTH GROUP

MATHEMATICS - HIGHER LEVEL

The study of this subject is compulsory within The International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme In the first year of the programme students are divided into two groups by their choice based mainly on the interest in the subject THE 1ST YEAR TOPICS (HL)

ff Linear Quadatic Exponential and Logarithmic functionff Polynomials and Rational functionsff Trigonometric and Circular functionsff Differentiationff Integration

THE 2ND YEAR TOPICS (HL)ff Differential equations of first orderff Sequences and seriesff Complex numbersff Vectors and matricesff Probability and statisticsff Sets relations and groups(option)

In the first year of study each student submits one explorative assignment being internally assigned and assessed by the teacher This work represents 20 of the final grade

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 50: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

17

MUSICMusic is part of the sixth group the arts The music course is designed to offer students the opportunity to build on prior experience in music while encouraging a broad approach to the subject and developing new skills techniques and ideas Both standard level (SL) and higher level (HL) music students are required to study music in society from middle years to the present day (ranging from that of Western traditions to that of non-western regions and cultures) which incorporates the study of two set works They choose one of the three options creating solo performing or group performing Candidates are free to perform whatever music they choose The composition portfolio is made up of two harmony and counterpoint exercises one structured arrangement and one free composition Candidates also undertake a musical investigation in the form of a media script investigating the relationship between two musical genres

In the Diploma Programme there are external and internal assessments and several methods for assessing the work produced by students assessment criteria markbands and markschemes For internal assessment solo and group performing these criteria are selection of programme technical proficiency understanding of style and musical communication The externally assessed listening paper includes four criteria musical elements musical structure musical terminology and musical context Each assessment criterion has level descriptors describing specific levels of achievement together with an appropriate range of marksImportance is attached to individual development during the two years course as well as specific standards The programme is designed for those who have a general interest in music as well as for those intending to continue their study of music further

SIXTH GROUP

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 51: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

18

4 2 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK)Theory of knowledge (TOK) is mandatory for all students It provides an opportunity for students to reflect on the nature of knowledge and on how we know what we claim to know The course is centred on two main questions How do we know (shared knowledge) or how do I know (personal knowledge) One is supposed to use the Ways of Knowing and the Areas of Knowledge to discuss how one acquires perceives and applies knowledge and how reliable it can be The course teaches that there are eight Ways of Knowing through which we acquire areas of knowledge The Ways of knowing are perception reason language emotions intuition memory faith and imagination The Areas of Knowledge are mathematics natural sciences human sciences history the arts ethics religious knowledge systems and indigenous knowledge systems

IB DP ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

There are three requirements in addition to the six subjects a successful candidate needs to meet in order to be awarded the diploma The interdisciplinary Theory of Knowledge (TOK) course the Extended Essay of some 4000 words and last but not least participation in the creativity activity service (CAS) is required

4 1 EXTENDED ESSAY (EE) OR ESSAY IN WORLD STUDIES

The students can choose one from the two essays that IBO offers The Extended Essay and the Essay in World Studies It needs to be written in no more than 4000 words It offers the opportunity for the student to investigate a topic of special interest and acquaints students with the independent research and writing skills expected at university The essay in World Studies offers the student the oportinity to explore one topic from two or there different angles (eg psychology and biology) whereas the extended essay is a detailed research in one field only The independent research prepares students well for the research conducted at the university level later on in life The students are monitored by their mentors

II GIMNAZIJA M

ARIB

OR

crea

tivity

activ

ity service

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 52: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

19

Questions that may be discussed may include examples such as

ff How do we know that the scientific method is a valid method of gaining knowledge Or

ff What is the reason for having historical knowledge and how is it applied in life Or

ff What counts as evidence of X Orff How do we know which is the best model of Y

Through discussions of these and similar questions students gain greater awareness of their personal assumptions including personal ideological biases as well as developing an appreciation of the diversity and richness of cultural perspectivesTOK aims to make students reflect critically on diverse ways of knowing and on areas of knowledge while considering the role and nature of knowledge in their own culture and in the wider world

4 3 CREATIVITY ACTIVITY SERVICE (CAS)CAS is organised around the three strands of creativity activity and service defined as follows Creativity is exploring and extending ideas leading to an original or interpretive product or performance Activity is physical exertion contributing to a healthy lifestyle Service is collaborative and reciprocal engagement with the community in response to an authentic needAt II gimnazija Maribor we have a wide range of creativity in DrugaDruga such as art and literature workshops mixed youth choir youth orchestra theatre in slovene english french and german languages international radio film and movies workshops etc Students can choose different sportrsquos activities from elective sports on weekly basis or take an individual project raquoSport for healthlaquo In service we start inside the school community and get in touch with the local community (animal shelters elederly homes youth homes infopeka etc) IB students can participate in many international projectrsquos such as SOLY (Special Olympics) Spring Festival MUN (model united nations) and YPACSuccessful completion of CAS is a requirement for the award of the IB Diploma All CAS students are expected to maintain and complete a CAS portfolio as evidence of their engagement with CAS and have at the end of the second year a final presentation of CAS activities CAS experiences can be associated with each of the subject groups of the Diploma Programme especially with TOK (in making sense of their experiences as learners) CAS enables students to enhance their personal and interpersonal development A meaningful CAS programme is a journey of discovery of self and others For many CAS is profound and life-changing Each individual student has a different starting point and different needs and goals A CAS programme is therefore individualised according to studentsrsquo interests skills values and backgrounds

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 53: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

20

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 54: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

21

5 2 IB TRAVELThe school creates several opportunities for the students and staff to participate in the IB community through developing links with IB World Schools in Slovenia and across the globe Our school has been involved in several international exchanges over the last 5 years called IB travelThe first such exchange was organised with the International School of Amsterdam (ISA) Students helped to organise an event called Special Olympics in Amsterdam In May the same students organised such an event at II gimnazija Maribor as wellThe second international exchange was set with the International School in Bratislava (ISB) This exchange was based on TOK Up to 5 students from Bratislava have joined our students during our TOK week every September on Pohorje Mountain for 5 years Students combine TOK CAS and language teaching for 5 days in different workshops Our students join students in Bratislava at their TOK week every May Our students attend up to 3 MUN conferences (Belgrade Budapest Bratislava and Mostar) Recently a connection with a Polish school from Gliwice was established The exchange is based on students being the ambassadors of Slovene Macedonian and Serbian cultures and languages Our school has strong connections with the UWC in Mostar and Duino There is an on-going cooperation between schools which offer IB DP in Slovenia IB DP CAS and TOK coordinators have several meetings per year All members of the staff and up to 5 students meet annually to discuss current issues such as IB in Slovenia curriculum subject specifics etc

International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme at II gimnazija Maribor enjoys both national and international recognition There are numerous countries that our school has connections with Our students are able to join more than ten international exchange programmes based on language or cultural exchange throughout the four years 51 INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMMESThe school has many international connections with schools from France Spain Serbia Italy Austria Germany The Netherlands Slovakia Italy ndash every year we carry out international student and teacher exchanges with these schools A peculiarity at our school is the Spring Festival where students from more than ten different countries meet to take part in numerous workshopsKnowing different cultures customs and traditions as well as languages contributes to better understanding of todayrsquos world and relations In order to achieve the schoolrsquos main goals II gimnazija developed vast network of international cooperation with schools from the following countries

ff Austriaff Germany ff Italyff Serbiaff Israelff China andff India

A PECULIARITY AT OUR SCHOOL IS THE SPRING FESTIVAL

WHERE STUDENTS FROM MORE THAN TEN DIFFERENT

COUNTRIES MEET TO TAKE PART IN NUMEROUS

WORKSHOPS FOR FIVE DAYS STUDENTS WORK TOGETHER

IN DIFFERENT CREATIVE WORKSHOPS AND HAVE INITIAL

AND FINAL PERFORMANCES THE EVENT IS ROUNDED OFF

WITH A ONE DAY TRIP AROUND SLOVENIA

5

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 55: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

22

ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 56: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

23

Teachers have to meet the assessment criteria for grading and marking recording and reporting and homework Teachers are responsible for providing formative and summative assessment as well as monitoring peer assessment Teachers send the reports to the parents of the students three times per yearStudents have to meet the criteria for transferring from year 11 to year 12 of the IB DP programme Students get the immediate feedback after the test oral and written examination or essaysTeacher reports are sent to studentsrsquo parents three times per year (January March June) in the forms of report cards (grades) and in writing (descriptive grades student behaviour participation as well as studentsrsquo performances at school)

As the IB Diploma Programme is a two year programme IIgimnazija Maribor has developed the methods of monitoring studentsrsquo progress and assessment The document is based on the DP Principles and practises and the Assessment policy (IBO 2014) and the assessment policy of the national programme at II gimnazija Maribor called raquoPravilnik o ocenjevanju znanja v srednjih šolah (Ur l RS 602010) in Šolska pravila ocenjevanja znanja IIgimnazije Maribor (201213)laquo The document called PRAVILA O PREVERJANJU IN OCENJEVANJU ZNANJA V PROGRAMU MEDNARODNE MATURE which can be found on our webpage wwwmm-drugasi and was produced for the assessment purposes

6WITHIN THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 57: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

24

PASTORAL CARE

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 58: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

25

77 3 POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION COUNSELLORIB DP organises lectures and foreign universitiesrsquo presentations such as U Tokyo NY University Abu Dhabi IE University Madrid Universities in Germany Austria Graz Vienna as well as the Netherlands 10 of our students go on to study abroad and up to 50 of IB DP students study abroad BMAT PAT STEP exams take place at our school The school provides support for all the students before leaving the school not only the IB studentsThe schoolrsquos counsellor provides information about studying at different universities in Slovenia Regular meetings are organised as well as detailed instructions on how to fill-in the online applications Systems such as UCAS and COMMON APPLICATION are introduced as well as others for studying throughout EuropeThe most popular universities where our students are currently studying are University of Oxford (6 students) University of Cambridge (3 students) St Andrews (2) Edinburgh University (4) UCL (4 students) IMPERIAL COLLEGE (10 students) Nottingham (2 students) Southampton (1 student) NY Abu Dhabi (10 students) etc

7 1 CLASS TEACHERThe class teachers are teachers who usually teach the whole class They are assigned to the class at the beginning of the school year and stay with the students for the period of two years in the IB DP programme The basic functions of the class teacher are the pedagogical as well as the organisational and administrative ones Many times the role of the class teacher is to guide and lead the students through the learning and teaching process Furthermore the class teacher cooperates with the parents organises and runs the meetings deals with absencies and monitors the progress of the students They have regular meetings with their students and escort the students to field trips and excursions

7 2 ACADEMIC MENTORSStudents who come from other schools than IIgimnazija Maribor are well looked after Firstly the FB group is set up by the students who provide the insight for the students who are going to enrol to our school As we would like that the students adjust to the new environment quickly and without any further complications academic mentors (Academic parents) are offered to the students once they start schooling at IIgimnazija Maribor There are two ways of mentorship the first one being based on teacher ndash student and the second one on senior student ndash junior student The junior class students choose their teacher mentors on the basis of their interests or free time activities

II gimnazija Maribor counselling service is based on the lsquoZakon o usmerjanju otrok s posebnimi potrebami 5811 in dopolnitev 4012 in 9012rsquo Policy Support for students with special needs is built on the practice of inclusive schooling Implementation of programming for students with special needs occurs within the regular (peer group) classroom Our school has two guidance counsellors who work with students having special needs The head of school is responsible for naming the team of teachers who should create individualised programmes (action plans classroom attendance and assessment strategies) and monitor the progresses of individual students The team responsible for individual students Class teacher (leader of the team) Academic mentor Counsellor (support) IB DP Coordinator and the Head of school

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 59: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

26

ADMISSION TO THE IB DP AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 60: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

27

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENROLMENT INTO THE IB DP ARE DEFINED IN THE ANNUAL TENDER FOR ENROLMENT INTO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

The general terms and conditions for enrolling into year 1 of the IB DP

ff completed year 1 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff completed year 2 of grammar school with the final grade very good or higher

ff aged not more than 17 when enrolling into the IB DP programme

8ENROLEMNT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 61: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

28

ALUMNI

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 62: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

29

In the last 5 years approximately 60 of our IB students have studied abroad Currently 10 students are studying at New York University in Abu Dhabi 5 students at University of Oxford 2 at University of Cambridge and a number of students studying at UCL Edinburgh University St Andrews LSE Imperial College and Bocconi University in Italy etc

AFTER FINISHING THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR STUDENTS ARE AWARDED A BILINGUAL DIPLOMA

9

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 63: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME

30

EXAMINATION RESULTS AT II GIMNAZIJI MARIBOR

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10

Page 64: MEDNARODNA MATURA¡ura-2015-Eng.pdf · P rogram mednarodne mature je bil na II. gimnaziji Maribor uveden leta 1990. Osnovni cilj uvedbe je bil ponuditi najboljšim slovenskim dijakom

A SCHOOL THAT OPENS ALL DOORS

31

Point average at the IB DP final examinations for years 2010 - 2015 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

Students awarded the bilingual diploma (in ) 100 100 97 94 94 100

Points of grade average 37 38 39 38 37 40

Students with all 45 points 1 0 2 2 1 3

Students with 40 points and above 10 15 14 16 9 21

STUDENTS OF THE IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME AT II GIMNAZIJA MARIBOR HAVE ACHIEVED OUTSTANDING RESULTS IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS THE FOLLOWING DATA CAN BE FOUND IN THE CHART PROVIDED NUMBERS OF STUDENTS WHO WERE AWARDED THE DIPLOMA POINT AVERAGE STUDENTS WITH ALL 45 POINTS STUDENTS WHO RECEIVED MORE THAN 40 POINTS

10